Contents Page Introduction ............................... Quality Assurance ........................ Page 3 Package Information 4 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Mobile Communication ICs ..................... 208 .................... 209 ................ GSM/PCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 11 Microelectronics Training Center DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF-Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 35 Information on Literature 55 Semiconductor Group - Addresses Digital Terminal ICs ....................... Digital Exchange System ICs Analog Line Cards .............. ......................... .......... 215 .................. 219 ........ 232 79 82 Digital Line Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) ICs . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Communication Network ICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs . . . . . Development Systems for Information Technology 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 IOM(R), IOM(R)-1, IOM(R)-2, SICOFI(R), SICOFI(R)-2, SICOFI(R)-4, SICOFI(R)-4C, SLICOFI(R), ARCOFI(R) , ARCOFI(R)-BA, ARCOFI(R)-SP, EPIC(R)-1, EPIC(R)-S, ELIC(R), IPAT(R)-2, ITAC(R), ISAC(R)-S, ISAC(R)-S TE, ISAC(R)-P, ISAC(R)-P TE, IDEC(R), SICAT(R), OCTAT(R)-P, QUAT(R)-S are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. MUSACTM-A, FALCTM54, IWETM, SARETM, UTPTTM, ASMTM, ASPTM, are trademarks of Siemens AG. Purchase of Siemens I2C components conveys a license under the Philips' I2C patent to use the components in the I2C-system provided the system conforms to the I2C specifications defined by Philips. Copyright Philips 1983. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1 Introduction Siemens is your partner for Communication ICs: * Innovative complete system solutions * Highly optimized devices * Reliable volume production lines and advanced technology innovation * Technical support all over the world * Long term experience and skilled expert teams * Long term customer relationships * Excellent quality * Basic success factors for further innovations - Experienced R+D team - Device macros - Design tools - Technology Due to the fact that Siemens offers a broad range of Communication ICs the overview of the spectrum is presented in this brochure. If you have further questions or if you need application support, please contact your local Siemens office. Addresses you will find in this brochure. Call Siemens - your partner for Communication ICs! Siemens is THE allround-supplier of Communication ICs. Siemens offers ICs for Digital Exchange Systems, Digital Terminals, Data Transmission Analog and Networks, Mobile Communications and Analog Telephone Sets. Communication ICs from Siemens - that means innovative and wide ranging problem solving. Siemens Semiconductor Division has integrated system know-how verified by wide field experience and excellent chip technology. A short look to the product segment ISDN, demonstrates: For the development of ISDN equipment from terminals to PBX and public switching systems Siemens offers the broadest range of ISDN chips available on the merchant market. Siemens is the worldwide market leader for ISDN ICs, due to their high level of functionality resulting in greatly simplified system design. In addition, the industry standard IOM-2 interface supports flexible system architecture with compatible devices. Siemens represents technology leadership, offers powerful software and application tools. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 3 Quality Assurance 1 Quality Assurance Figure 1 and 2 show the most important stages of the QA system. Quality assurance (QA) departments, independent of production and development, are responsible for the selected measures, acceptance procedures and information feedback loops. Operating QA departments have state-ofthe-art test and measuring equipment at their disposal, work according to approved methods of statistical quality control, and are provided with facilities for accelerated life and environmental tests used for both qualification and routine monitoring tests. The latest methods and equipment for preparation and analysis are employed to achieve continuity of quality and reliability. The high quality and reliability of integrated circuits from Siemens are the result of carefully managed design and production which is systematically checked and controlled at each stage. The procedures are subject to a quality assurance system; full details are given in the brochure "Quality Assurance lntegrated Circuits". Specifications, Product Plan, Quality Requirements Design Phase Design Rules Check Suitability of Technology Estimate Reliability Planning of Qualification Release of Qualification Program Concept Release Design, Optimization, (Redesign) Engineering Samples Specification met, Process frozen, Production Start Preliminary Documentation (Fab Instructions) First Results of Qualification Tests Clearance for delivering limited Quantities Production Phase Pre-Series Release Production Reproducible Lot Release, Reliability Monitoring under QA Surveillance Final Documentation (Data Sheet, Fab Instruction) Complete Qualification Results Series Release Clearance for unlimited Deliveries Series Production Series-Samples and-Deliveries ITA05872 Figure 1 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Pre-Series Samples and-Deliveries 4 Quality Assurance Quality Capability Audits Suppliers Parts, Materials (Physical, Electrical) Incoming Inspection SPC Process Audits Physical Parameters Dimensions, Geometries visual recognizeable Failures Process Audits Visual Inspection of bonded Chips Wafer Fabrication Electrical/Optical Chip Testing Testing Process Parameter Visual Wafer Inspection Wafer Lot Clearence SPC Visual Chip Test Die Attach Wire Bond Strength Die Seperation Assembly, Wire Bonding, Vis. Examination before Encapsulation Assembly Lot Clearance SPC Process Audits Sealing/Molding Cavity Packages; Hermeticity Test Final Surface of Leads Product Marking Plastic Packages; X-ray Test Vis. Inspection Lead Surface SPC Screening (e.g. Burn-IN) (If Specified) Process Audits Final (Outgoing) Product Test (Electrical/Mechanical) Packing for Shipment Failure Analysis of defective Parts 100% Performed Outgoing Inspection Electrical Function, Parameters Mechanical Data Periodical Reliability Monitoring Sample Tests Product Lot Clearance Performed by Quality Assurance Department Product ready for Shipment Stock, Shipping Surveillance of Process Steps and Equipment by SPC ITA05873 Figure 2 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 5 2 Conformance 3.3 Reliability monitoring The general course of IC failure rate versus time is shown by a so-called "bathtub" curve.The failure rate has its peak during the first few operating hours (early failure period). After the early failure period has ended, the "constant" failure rate period starts during which the failures may occur at an approximately uniform rate. This period ends with a repeated rise of the curve during the wear-out failure period. For ICs, however, the latter period usually lies far beyond the service life specified for the individual equipment. Reliability tests for ICs are usually destructive examinations. They are, therefore, carried out with samples. Most failure mechanisms can be accelerated by means of higher temperatures. Due to the temperature dependence of the failure mechanisms, it is possible to simulate future operational behavior within a short time by applying high temperatures; this is called life test. The acceleration factor F for the life test can be obtained from Arrhenius's equation E 1 1 F = exp -----A- ------ - ------ k T 1 T 2 Each integrated circuit is subjected to a final test at the end of the production process. These tests are carried out by computer-controlled, automatic test systems as hundreds of thousands of operating conditions as well as a large number of static and dynamic parameters have to be considered. Moreover, the test systems are extremely reliable and reproducible. The quality assurance department carries out a final check in the form of a lot-by-lot sampling inspection to additionally ensure the minimum percent defectives to ensure statistically that the PDA of released lots is less than the AQL agreed. Sampling inspection is performed in accordance with the inspection plans of DIN 40080, as well as of the identical MIL-STD-105 or IEC 410. 3 Reliabilitiy 3.1 Measures taken during development The reliability of ICs is already considerably influenced at the development stage. Siemens has, therefore, fixed certain design standards for the development of circuits and layout, e.g. specifying minimum width and spacing of conductive layers on a chip, dimensions and electrical parameters of protective circuits for electrostatic charge, etc. An examination with the aid of carefully arranged programs operated on large-scale computers guarantees the immediate identification and elimination of unintentional violations of these design standards. where T2 is the temperature at which the life test is performed, T1 is the assumed operating temperature and k is Boltzmann's constant. Important for factor F is the activation energy EA. It lies between 0.3 and 1.3 eV and differs considerably for individual failure mechanisms. For all Siemens ICs the reliability data from life tests is converted to an operating temperature of TA = 55 C, assuming an average activation energy of 0.5 eV. The acceleration factor for life tests at 125 C is thus 22, compared with operational behavior. This method considers also failure mechanisms with low activation energy, i.e. which are only slightly accelerated by the temperature effect. Various reliability tests are periodically performed with IC types that are representative of a certain production line this is described in the brochure "Quality Assurance Integrated Circuits". Such tests are e.g. humidity test at 85 C and 85 % relative humidity, pressure cooker test, as well as life tests up to 1000 hours and more. Test results are available in the form of summary reports. 3.2 In-process control during production The manufacturing of integrated circuits comprises several hundred production steps. As each step is to be executed with utmost accuracy, the in-process control is of outstanding importance. Some processes require more than a hundred different test measurements. The tests have been arranged such that the individual process steps can be reproduced continuously. The decreasing failure rates reflect the never ending effort in this direction; in the course of the years they have been reduced considerably despite an immense increase in IC complexity. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 6 Quality Assurance System Quality Assurance Manual Quality principles, organization, responsibility and competence for quality assurance procedures and measures during design and production of ICs are summarized in the Semiconductor Group Quality Assurance System. This system also covers ISO 9000/EN 29000 requirements. It is documented in a Quality Assurance Manual. This manual is a guideline mandatory for all Semiconductor Group departments. Suppliers are also tied into the QA system. CECC certification for the independent test and trials center of Semiconductor Group, which the Villach Plant also profits from. The Villach Plant was certified to the internationally recognized standard ISO 9002 in 1991. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 7 Mobile Communication ICs GSM One-Chip Logic Device GOLD PMB 2705 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 9 GSM/PCN Introduction Siemens Semiconductor Semiconductor has has played played a a leading leading role role in in this this Siemens growth as as the the first first supplier supplier of of commercially commercially available available growth standard GSM/PCN GSM/PCN chip chip sets. sets. Now, Now after standard afterproduction production optimizations of of the the GOLD GOLD chip chip set, set, Siemens Siemensisisoffering offeringan an optimizations evolutionary step step forward forward in in integration intergrationlevel levelto toprovide provideaa evolutionary complate 3-V 3-V generation generation with with a a6 6 chip chip solution, solution, GOLD GOLD plus. plus. complete GSM and PCN have evolved in the last few years from pan-european into global standards for digital cellular mobile radio systems. The radios are small, easy-to-use and very competitively priced with the older analog systems as the explosive growth in subscribers clearly testifies. Product Overview Type Short Title Description Applications Page GSM Baseband PMB 2705 GOLD GSM One-Chip Logic Device GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 14 PMB 2706 GOLD C GSM System Controller GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 16 PMB 2707 GOLD-SP GSM Signal Processor GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 18 PMB 2708 GOLD-SX GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 18 PMB 2900 GBBC GSM Baseband Codec GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 19 PMB 2905 GAIM GSM Analog Interface Module GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 20 PMB 2200 Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 1 GHz) 37 PMB 2205 Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless (PHS), WCPE, WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 41 PMB 2240 GSM Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC); QPSK/QAM modulation 21 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz PMB 2245 PCN Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS); QPSK/QAM modulation 1.65 GHz to 1.85 GHz PMB 2247 PCS Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS); 21 QPSK/QAM modulation 1.8 GHz to 1.95 GHz PMB 2306 PLL All analog and digital systems as RF- and IFsynthesizer up to 220 MHz PMB 2401 Receiver/Demodulator Circuit Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), 43 WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 0.9 GHz PMB 2405 GSM Receiver, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 2.5 GHz 23 PMB 2407 PCN/PCS Receiver, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS) WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 2.5 GHz 23 GSM RF Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 11 21 47 Mobile Communication ICs SAW GP-DSP GOLD PMB 2705 GBBC PMB 2900 Baseband Speech Decoder D A A Equalizer Hard" " Voiceband Channel Decoder Hard" " D A 900 MHz / 1.8 GHz PMB 2401 1F Q LO D RF Synth. LO Baseband Voiceband D Speech Encoder A D Channel Encoder A GMSK RF VCO + Presc. IF Synth. RF-PLL Q D CGY60 / BEP420 PMB 2306 Out. Stage A BAR63 + BAR80 4144-3015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 PA Control Control PMB 2200 / 05 CGY120 + CGY92 D A GSM E 2 PROM System Interface RF Control SAB 80C166 Flash SIM Card RAM ITB05946 Block Diagram of a GSM Handy Phone (1st Gen.) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 12 Mobile Communication ICs GAIM (PMB 2905) GOLD-SP (PMB 2707) SAW 900 MHz / 1.8 GHz PMB 2405/2407 Voiceband Baseband Speech & Channel Decoder D A A Soft" " Equa- D LO Q A lizer 1F D RF Synth. Voice Band Filters Voiceband Baseband Speech & Channel Encoder A 4144-3015 D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # GSM D GMSK A IF Synth. A PA Control 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 PMB 2240 / 45 D Control A System Interface RF-PLL PMB 2307 RF VCO + Presc. BAR63 + BAR80 Out. Stage Q D LO LNA CGY120 + CGY92 RF Control SAB 80C166 SIM Card GOLD-C (PMB 2706) E 2 PROM Flash RAM ITB05945 Block Diagram of a GSM/PCN Fullrate & Halferate Mobile Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 13 GSM One-Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 General Description Type Package The GSM One-Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 performs the tasks of bit error protection, ciphering, radio channel equalization, bit error detection and correction, synchronization etc., and above all the microcontroller core controls all the RF- and baseband functions of a GSM-mobile terminal. PMB 2705-F P-TQFP-176-1 (SMD) Features * Four single modes selectable via pins - Controller test mode - System interface test mode - Channel-codec test mode - Equalizer test mode * Two sizes of address spaces covered by chip-select signals selectable via pin: - 256 Kbyte - 2 Mbyte * Programmable power saving modes * JTAG-boundary scan (acc. to IEEE Std. 11491) * Single supply voltage (+ 5 V) * Low power consumption * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C * Four function modules integrated on one chip - 16-bit microcontroller - Channel codec - Equalizer - System interface * One special external-channel-codec mode selectable by software * Four operational modes selectable via pins: - Normal mode - External-controller mode - External-channel-codec mode (different from special mode!) - External-equalizer mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 14 GSM One Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 FCBDET_SP ADC 4 ADC & TB 4 KB (9:6) FCBDET_EO 6 KB (5:0) CSEO CLKEO MONON EOON SYNDAT SYNCLK Equalizer SYNSTR P Interface AGC 1 AGC 2 A2 ... A0 WIN PADAT PACLK DSP Interface D7 ... D0 APC RESET DY1 1 EQDAT 2 SPDO SPVALD SPCLK PASTR EOCLK EOCLK EOVAL EODAT FOCH RXON RXON 1 OCE CCIN Channel Decoder EOON A7 ... A0 CCLK CCRST CCVZ CCVZQ P Interface 8 System Interface 8 D7 ... D0 CCIO CSDSP MOT 2 SPVALU SPDU TXMASK TMSK IDAC QDAC TSTR DAC (9:0) Channel Encoder CSC CLKC CODON CLKDSP INTEQ RD WR YCL CYI CLKANA INTD CSD CLKD DSP Interface DYI TXON CODON RESET CSE PROM CSRAM CHC_INT TM_INT CHC_INT TM_INT CSEPROM 1 RESET INTC 0 1 6 5 7 11 CSEPROM 2 RD SELCLK RD WR P Interface CLK 26 MHz OSCCTRL SIN 13 MHz V REF P2 Port 2 15 WR = P3, T3 P3 Port 3 5 3 Port 4 Port 5 16 Port 1 BUSACT ALE CLKPR CLK 4 MHz HW_PWDN Oscillator Embedded SAB 80C166 SW_ PWDN 5 16 RSTOUT NMI 16 RESET RESET P4 P1 D RD WR Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft P5 EBC 1 EBC 0 8 Port 0 XTAL 1 XTAL 2 EQCLK EQVAL 4 TMS TCK TDI TDO MODE MUXBUS RESET 15 ITB05947 GOLD System Controller (GOLD-C) PMB 2706 General Description The GOLD System Controller (GOLD-C) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations for speech and data services. GOLD-C contains a 16-bit microcontroller type 80C166 with an address space being extended from 256 Kbyte to 2 Mbyte and a system interface block which comprises a series of GSM-specific interfaces and control functions. Type Package PMB 2706-F P-TQFP-144-2 (SMD) Features * Integrated 16-bit microcontroller (SAB 80C166) with 2-Mbyte linear address space Complete development tooling available * System interface with synthesizer, AGC, AFC and PA control, chip card interfacing, timing signal generation, clock generation * Bidirectional tristate buffer GOLD-SP can access to controller memory * Package P-TQFP-144, 20 x 20 mm, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) RF Components General Purpose Ports Chip Card System Interface 8 Bit Data SAB 80C166 Microcontroller 21 Bit Address & 16 Bit Data Bus 16 Bit Data Address & Data Ports Tristate Buffer GOLD-SP Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 16 ITB06063 GOLD Signal Processor (GOLD-SP) PMB 2707 General Description Type Package The GOLD Signal Processor (GOLD-SP) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations speech and data services. GOLD-SP contains a fullrate speech codec, a channel codec with soft-decision decoding and a complex Viterbi equalizer, all as DSP firmware. Moreover all digital filtering needed for baseband and voiceband processing, and also GMSK modulation is performed on this chip. PMB 2707-F P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) Features * Two parallel DSP cores type SPC each with high performance (26 MIPS @ 2.7 V), low current consumption (< 1 mA/MlPS), all memory needed for fullrate operation on chip, shared access to complete controller memory * GSM functions realized as DSP firmware - Complex soft-output equalizer - Frequency correction burst handling - Full duplex handsfree - Channel coding - Soft-decision decoding (bit-by-bit) - Speech coding and decoding (RPE-LTP) * Digital baseband filter Automatic amplitude calculation Automatic amplitude offset measurement * Ciphering with A51/A52 * Digital voiceband filters (receive, transmit) * GMSK modulator * PLL-based system clock generation * Package: P-TQFP-100, 14 x 14 mm, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) Ciphering Base Band Voice Band Voice Band DAC Speech Decoder Channel Decoder "Soft" Equalizer "Soft" Speech Encoder Channel Encoder Burst B BaseBand ADC Voice Band Voice Band ADC BaseBand DAC GMSK ITB06064 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 17 GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features (GOLD-SX) General Description The GOLD-SX is part of a complete chip set which covers all functions of a mobile radio for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set can meet all performance requirements set down in the Technical Specifications for GSM, PCN and PCS-1900. GOLD-SX is used for advanced features. The function of the GOLD-SX is dependent on its firmware. The first version of the GOLD-SX performs Half-Rate speech encoding including Voice Activity Detection (VAD) and Discontinuous Transmission (DTX), as well as Half-Rate speech decoding including Discontinuous Reception (DRX, Comfort Noise). A planned version will perform: Enhanced Full-Rate speech coding including all the DTX functions as in Half-Rate speech coding. Type Package PMB 2708-F P-TQFP-64-1 (SMD) - Comfort noise generation, DRX (GSM 6.22) - Serial data exchange with Half-Rate Channel Codec and voiceband unit on GOLD-SP - Serial data exchange with system simulator interfacing box * Enhanced Full-Rate Codec - GSM Enhanced Full-Rate Codec - Voice activity detection, VAD - Discontinuous transmission, DTX - Comfort noise generation, DRX - Serial data exchange with Enhanced Full-Rate Channel Codec and voiceband unit on GOLD-SP - Serial data exchange with system simulator interfacing box Hardware: * DSP core of type SPCE (Siemens Signal Processor Core Enhanced) offering high performance (39 MIPS @ 39 MHz, 2.7 V) and current consumption (approx. 0.6 mA/MIPS) * 12 K Program ROM and 0.25 K RAM, 8 K Data ROM on-chip * PLL-based clock generation (13-MHz input) * Package: P-TQFP-64, 10 x 10 mm2, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) Features Firmware: The GOLD-SX is available in versions with different mask programmed ROM code: * Half-Rate Codec - GSM Half-Rate Speech Codec (GSM 6.02, 6.06, 6.07, 6.20) - Voice activity detection, VAD (GSM 6.42) - Discontinuous transmission, DTX (GSM 6.41) XRAM 2K Prog. ROM 12 K YRAM 2K PMB 2708 Prog. RAM 0.25 K Data ROM 8K Program Data Signal Processor Core Test Select 39 MHz PLL Clock Unit SIF 1 13 MHz 9.75 MHz 6.5 MHz Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft to GOLD-SP 18 SIF 2 Bound. Scan to DAI Test Box ITB08488 GSM Baseband Codec (GBBC) PMB 2900 Preliminary Data Overview The GSM Baseband Codec (GBBC) performs the analog-todigital and the digital-to-analog conversion of the baseband signals and additionally the digital-to-analog conversion of the control signal provided for the RF power amplifier. GBBC is part of a chip set, which covers the functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations. CLKANA 13 MHz Type Package PMB 2900-H P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) General Features * JTAG-boundary scan (acc. to IEEE Std. 1149.1) * Single supply voltage (+ 5 V) * Ambient temperature range - 25 C to 85 C WIN OCE 2.166 MHz Prefilter IR Analog QR 16 9 Offset Counter 9 ADCSTB Digital Q Prefilter 16 QR 9 Bit Window cos 9 Bit Window 9 Offset Counter 9 Q 474 kHz Mixer IR TMS TCK TDI TDO /6 + 8 4 Buffer - ADC (3:0) RXON sin Postfilter (6th ord.) IT Pup Logic IT Latch 10 Digital Pup Logic QT 10 10 Bit DAC (SC Technique) Postfilter (6th ord.) QT IDAC QDAC Logic TSTR DAC (9:0) 10 10 Bit DAC (SC Technique) Latch 10 CLKANA TXON S&H Clock Sample & Hold PAOUT PASTR PACLK Analog 8 8 Bit DAC (R String) 8 Latch 8 Bit Register PADAT VREFEXT V REF BIAS ITB05948 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 19 GSM Analog Interfacing Module (GAIM) PMB 2905 General Description Type Package The GSM Analog Interfacing Module (GAIM) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations for speech and data services. GAIM is provided for analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion of baseband and voiceband signals as well. Moreover digital-to-analog conversion of an RF power control signal can be performed by this circuit. PMB 2905-F P-TQFP-64-1 (SMD) Battery RF Demodulator Battery Q Switch Features * Baseband receive A-to-D converter analog antialiasing filter (2nd order Bessel) 2nd order sigma-delta modulators for baseband receive and battery measurements * Baseband transmit D-to-A converter 10 bit switched-capacitor-type DAC analog postfilter (6 th order Bessel) * Power ramping control D-to-A converter 8-bit resistor-string-type DAC * Voiceband receive D-to-A converter low pass filter following digital --modulator on GOLD-SP two programmable earpiece gain stages * Voiceband transmit A-to-D converter 2nd order sigma-delta modulator analog antialiasing filter two programmable microphone gain stages * Package P-TQFP-64-1, 10 x 10 mm, 0.5 pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) RF Modulator Q DAC DAC PA Module Micro Phones Loud Speakers Switch ADC ADC Baseband Filters Latches Latch GMSK Modulators PA Control Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft DAC 20 ADC DAC Voiceband Filters ITB08458 GSM Transmitter PCN Transmitter PCS Transmitter PMB 2240 B6HF PMB 2245 B6HF PMB 2247 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2240, 2245, 2247 family are single-chip transmitters which include a prescaler for the RF-oscillator signal and a fixed PLL for the IF-oscillator signal. The transmitter family is designed for use in combination with the single-chip receiver family PMB 2405, 2407 and the PLL PMB 2307 for mobile telephones according to the GSM, PCN and PCS standards and other vector modulated digital systems. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon process: PMB 2240-F P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) PMB 2245-F P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) PMB 2247-F P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) GSM Chipset PCN Chipset PCS Chipset PMB 2240 PMB 2245 PMB 2247 TX PMB 2405 PMB 2407 PMB 2407 RX PMB 2307 PMB 2307 PMB 2307 PLL Application * * * * * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2240: GSM, PDC, DAMPS PMB 2245: PCN, PCS, PHS PMB 2247: PCN, PCS, etc. Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits The PMB 2240/45/47 transmitters include the active structures for the main oscillator circuit. Alternatively the oscillator signal can be supplied from an external source. The oscillator signal is buffered for off-chip use. There is a prescaler by 64/65 for the RF-oscillator signal on chip, which can be used to implement the PMB 2307 PLL circuit. The on-chip FIX-PLL consists of the system clock divider, the IF-oscillator signal divider, the phase detector and the charge pump. The IF-oscillator signal divider is driven by the oscillator on the PMB 2405/07 or by an external discrete VCO. The IF-oscillator signal divider ratio of PMB 2240 and PMB 2245 is fixed. It can be selected either divided by 1 or by 3 using PMB 2247 and PMB 2407 to drive the FIX-PLL with two IF frequencies (450 MHz or 150 MHz) to avoid spurious problems for PCS application. The two oscillator signals (IF and RF) are combined in the transmit mixer, and the image sideband and other mixing products are to be suppressed by an external interstage filter. The filtered signal reenters the chip at the modulator inputs. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the I- and Q modulation signals by two multipliers. The phase between the two carriers can be fine-adjusted to 90 (orthogonality) by two external resistors for maximum SSB suppression. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Transmitter with I/Q modulator * Direct I/Q modulation * Generation of orthogonal carriers with possibility of phase adjust with external resistors * 30-dB carrier rejection, 40-dB SSB rejection * 48-dB rejection of third order products with 500-mVpp I/Q-drive level * High output power with appropriate power matching network at 500-mVpp I/Q-drive level PMB 2240: - 3 dBm, PMB 2245: - 6 dBm PMB 2247: - 8 dBm * Integrated active part of RF oscillator * Possibility to use external RF-oscillator signal * The RF-oscillator signal is buffered for off-chip use, especially for receiver PMB 2405/07 * Prescaler for the RF-oscillator signal * Possibility to use the IF oscillator integrated on the PMB 2405/07 * Possibility to use external IF-oscillator signal * Fixed IF frequency PLL (FIX-PLL) for IF-VCO (PMB 2240, 2245), switchable IF PLL working at 450-MHz or 150-MHz IF frequency (PMB 2247) * Supply voltage range 2.7 to 5.5 V * P-TQFP-48 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C 21 GSM Transmitter PCN Transmitter PCS Transmitter PMB 2240 B6HF PMB 2245 B6HF PMB 2247 B6HF Baseband D/A 880 ... 915 MHz Q %2 x2 880 ... 915 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 492 Phase Det. 1126 ... 1206 MHz RFV CO % 13 % 64 % 65 PMB 2240 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock PLL PMB 2307 164 MHz Q 246 MHz P-TSSOP-16 925 ... 960 MHz Q Baseband A/D 925 ... 960 MHz %1 IFV CO %2 492 MHz Data Register 3 Wire Bus PMB 2405 ITB08463 P-TQFP-48 GSM Application PMB 2240 / PMB 2405 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 22 GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2405, 2407 family are single-chip doubleconversion heterodyne receivers with LO-phase shifting circuitry for the I/Q-phase demodulation on chip. It also includes a switchable low noise amplifier, the second local oscillator with a VCO output buffer, a programmable gain controlled IF amplifier, two differential operational amplifiers for base band signal filtering and a power-down circuitry. The receiver family is designed for use in combination with the single chip transmitter family PMB 2240, 2245, 2247 and the PLL PMB 2307 for mobile telephones according to the GSM, PCN and PCS standards and other vector modulated digital systems. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon process. PMB 2405-F P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) PMB 2407-F P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2405: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, PMB 2407: PCN, PCS (DCS1900), WLAN etc. * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete demodulator circuits Features GSM Chipset PCN Chipset PCS Chipset PMB 2405 PMB 2407 PMB 2407 RX PMB 2240 PMB 2245 PMB 2247 TX PMB 2307 PMB 2307 PMB 2307 PLL * * * * * * * The input signal is amplified by the internal LNA and filtered by an external filter. The filtered signal and the first local oscillator signal LO1 are mixed down to an intermediate frequency (IF). The amplification of the IF signal is performed by a digitally programmable gain-controlled amplifier. The second local oscillator signal LO2 is generated either by an on-chip oscillator or by an external VCO. The internal LO2 signal is fed to a divider (PMB 2405-by 1; 2407-by 1 or 3) and then to a buffered output and also to a divider, which generates orthogonal signals at half the VCO frequency. The filtered IF signal re-enters the chip at the IF input, where it is amplified and converted to the final output frequency with each of the orthogonal signals. The resulting in-phase and inquadrature signals pass through differential output drivers. Two differential operational amplifiers can be used as active baseband filters. At both outputs the differential offset is sensed via the sample and hold circuitry. A feedback loop corrects the remaining offset error below the tolerable input value of the GAIM PMB 2905 or any other baseband A/D converter. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft * * * * * * * * 23 Heterodyne receiver with demodulator On-chip, low noise amplifier (LNA), Demodulation and generation of I/Q components Low mixer noise 9 dB (SSB) High input intercept point + 2 dB Integrated phase shifter IF amplifier with 80 dB programmable gain control (PGC) in steps of 2 dB On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit or possibility to use it as amplifier Two differential operational amplifiers for use as base band filter or amplifier Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability Wide input frequency range up to 2.5 GHz Wide IF range from 40 MHz to 300 MHz Supply voltage range 2.7 to 4.5 V P-TQFP-48 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF Baseband D/A 1850 ... 1910 MHz Q % 10 x2 1850 ... 1910 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 450 % 150 Phase Det. 1700 ... 1765 MHz RFV CO % 13 % 64 % 65 PMB 2247 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock PLL PMB 2307 RX 450 MHz TX 150 MHZ Q 225 MHz P-TSSOP-16 1930 ... 1990 MHz Q Baseband A/D 1930 ... 1990 MHz %1 %3 IFV CO %2 450 MHz Data Register 3 Wire Bus PMB 2407 ITB08464 P-TQFP-48 PCS Application PMB 2247 / PMB 2407 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 24 GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF Baseband D/A 1710 ... 1785 MHz Q %1 x2 1710 ... 1785 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 164 Phase Det. 1546 ... 1634 MHz RFV CO % 13 % 64 % 65 PMB 2245 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock PLL PMB 2307 164 MHz Q 246 MHz P-TSSOP-16 1805 ... 1880 MHz Q Baseband A/D 1805 ... 1880 MHz %3 IFV CO %2 492 MHz Data Register 3 Wire Bus PMB 2407 ITB08465 P-TQFP-48 PCN Application PMB 2245 / PMB 2407 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 25 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunication) As the first supplier worldwide, Siemens Semiconductor offers a complete highly integrated DECT system solution which covers baseband processing as well as the RF front end. The Siemens' solution for the DECT mobile station cuts down component count of first generation design from more than 500 parts to less than 200 components and saves cost, board space and power. Besides solutions for DECT home terminals and handheld systems, solutions are provided for cordless key systems, cordless PBX and wireless local loop applications, too. Introduction DECT is the coming Digital European Cordless Telecommunication standard which has been defined for a wide range of different applications. It meets the requirements of cordless equipment users of home applications, of the office environment (e.g. cordless PBX) and of public use as wireless local loop. DECT is the result of teamwork between industry, administration and service providers from all over Europe. It will be introduced in all EU countries and has high potential to be accepted as a standard also outside Europe. Product Overview Type Description Applications Page DECT Baseband PMB 27201/2 DECT Baseband Controller for Handhelds 28 PMB 27251/2 DECT Baseband Controller for Basestation 29 PMB 2727 DECT Burst Mode Controller for PBX 30 PMB 2728 DECT Burst Mode Controller and ADPCM Codec for Keys Systems 31 PMB 2920 DECT Baseband Analog IC 32 DECT RF PMB 2220 DECT Transmitter, 3 V Cordless (DECT); FSK modulation 33 PMB 2306 PLL All analog and digital systems as RF- and IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz 47 PMB 2420 DECT Receiver, 3 V Cordless (DECT), FSK modulation 34 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 26 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunication) PMB 27201 / 2 PMB 2220 Power Amp T VCO Gau. Filter f*2 C R VCO RAM ROM Presc. Shunt Diodes PLL PMB 2306 Burst Encoding LCD Driver Loop Filter Keypad Display E2PROM Speech Encoding A DSP ADPCM PMB 2920 Speech Decoding D Ringer D A Burst Decoding SAW Filter 4144-3015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # PMB 2420 RSSI LNA RF Baseband DECT System Solution Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Compara. Demod. DECT 27 ITB08459 DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds PMB 27201/2 General Description Type Package The DECT-Digital Circuit for Handhelds is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for cordless handhelds is a highly integrated circuit and realizes most of the system functions needed in such an equipment. The circuit contains a digital signal processor, an 8-bit 80C51-compatible microcontroller and the burst mode controller. Furthermore the circuit handles the interfacing of the different components of the DECT chipset and feature LCD controller. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 128 pin package. Further baseband controllers are PMB 27221 (romless version with 4 K RAM). PMB 27201/2 P-TQFP-128-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * 8-bit C with integrated ROM/RAM Integrated LCD controller 32-kbit/s ADPCM-transcoder Digital filtering and gain stages Burst mode controller Power-down mode programmable Low voltage detection Power supply 3.0 ... 5.1 V Low power consumption Advanced low power CMOS technology Encryption PMB 27201: 64 K ROM, 4 K RAM PMB 27202: 48 K ROM, 2 K RAM Data Port (32 kbit/s) Crystal 10.368 MHz Timers / RF-Interf. Clocks DSP Input Data RAM Speech Data (PMB 2920) Interpolation Decimation Codec Filter ADPCM Transcoder Control RAM Synchronization Serial In Descramble CRC TDMA Data 1.152 Mbit/s Output Data RAM Serial Out Scramble Burst-Error-Concealment Control RAM CRC Tone Generation Burst-Mode-Logic Encryption Decryption Power Control Internal ROM 48 kBytes Timers Port X Keypad 8-Bit CPU Internal RAM 2 kBytes Microcontroller Unit Port Y Keypad Port 0 Addit. D A LCD-Drivers I 2 C Bus Interrupts Watchdog RSSI Battery Control ITB08460 Block Diagram PMB 27202 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 28 DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations PMB 27251/2 General Description The DECT-Digital Circuit for Basestations is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for single cordless fixed stations is a highly integrated circuit and realizes most of the system functions needed in such an equipment. The circuit contains a digital signal processor, an 8-bit 80C51-compatible microcontroller and the burst mode controller. Furthermore the circuit handles the interfacing of the different components of the DECT chipset. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and wilI be available in a 128 pin package. Type Package PMB 27251/2 P-TQFP-128-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * 8-bit C with integrated ROM/RAM 32 bit/s ADPCM-transcoder Digital filtering and gain stages Echocancellation Burst mode controller Internal calls possible Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption Advanced low power CMOS technology Encryption PMB 27251: 6 K RAM PMB 27252: 64 K ROM, 4 K RAM Data Port (32 kbit/s) Crystal 20.736 MHz Timers / RF-Interf. Clocks DSP Input Data RAM Speech Data (PMB 2920) Interpolation Decimation Codec Filter Serial In Control RAM Internal Switch ADPCM Transcoder CRC Synchronization Descramble TDMA Data 1.152 Mbit/s Output Data RAM Serial Out CRC Scramble Burst Mode Logic Encryption Decryption Control RAM Burst-Error-Concealment Tone Generation Power Control Port X Keypad Internal ROM 64 KBytes 8-Bit CPU Internal RAM 4 KBytes Port 0 Addit. Microcontroller Unit D 2 Timers Tonedect. I C Bus Interrupts A RSSI Watchdog ITB08461 Block Diagram PMB 27252 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 29 DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller PMB 2727 General Description The DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set designed cordless applications specified by the DECT standard. The device can handle up to twelve DECT channels. It supports most of the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer and Physical layer (PHL) functions specified in the DECT standard. An interface to a standard 8-bit microcontroller (Motorola and Intel compatible) is implemented. Furthermore 3 IOM-2 interfaces are integrated e.g. for direct connection of UP0 transceivers (ISAC-P TE). The on-chip RF interface allows the control of the DECT-RF circuitry with a minimum of discrete components. The circuit can be used in DECT basestations (Radio Fixed Parts RFPs). The device supports unprotected data transmission. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 100 pin package. Package PMB 2727-H P-MQFP-100-2 (SMD) Features * * * * Chipselect Logic Digital LFInterface Type Power-down mode programmable Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption: 100 mW (5 V) Advanced low power CMOS technology Timer and Clock Unit BMC-Core-Functions 3x (R) IOM -2 Interface Data and Control Memory RAM Synchronization Boundary Scan Wafertest Serial IN CRC RF-Interface Serial OUT CRC Channel Control Registers Scramble Encryption Decryption Headerpreprocessing RSSI ADC Microcontroller Interface Address Decoder Microcontroller RAM / ROM Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft RFPort Descramble 30 ITB05954 DECT PBX PMB 2728 General Description Type Package The DECT PBX circuit is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set designed for cordless basestations specified by the DECT standard. The circuit consists of two main functional blocks, these are the Burst Mode Controller (BMC) and the Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The BMC can handle up to six DECT channels. It supports the timecritical functions specified in the DECT standard. Either 6 internal connections between handheld or 2 internal and 2 external connections can be handled. An interface to a standard 8-bit microcontroller (Motorola/Mitsubishi and Intel compatible) is implemented. The on-chip RF interface allows the control of the DECT-RF circuitry with a minimum of discrete components. The one-chip DSP can handle PCM/ADPCM - transcording and echosupression due to the DECT - standard for two channels. PMB 2728-H P-MQFP-100-2 (SMD) 2 x PMB 2920 or ISDN-Interface PCM-Interface Interp. (R) -2 IOM Interface Decim. * * * * Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption 100 pin P-MQFP packaging Advanced low power CMOS technology Furthermore 1 IOM-2 interface is integrated e.r. for connection of an ISDN interface device (lSAC-S) or of a high feature codec device (ARCOFI, PSB 2163). For analog line interfaces two circuits PMB 2920 can be directly connected to the PMB 2728. Furthermore an additional PCM interface is implemented for connection of an answering machine. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 100 pin package. 2 x ADPCM-Codec Interp. Decim. Features CodecADPCMFilter Trancoder Echocontrol CodecADPCMFilter Trancoder Echocontrol Addition PCM-Intf. DSP Control RAM 4x Data Memory ADPCM Burst Coding and Interface Decoding (6 ch.) Control RAM Serial IN CRC Descramble Serial OUT CRC Scramble Timer Clocks Synchronization RFInterface Channel Control Registers Encryption Decryption Burst Switch Control PLL Control BMC Microcontroller Interface PMB 2728 ITB05955 Microcontroller Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 31 DECT Analog Circuit PMB 2920 General Description The DECT-Analog Circuit is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for cordless handhelds and cordless fixed stations is a highly integrated circuit and realizes the analog front end functions needed in such systems. The circuit contains an A/D- and a D/A converter and adjustable gain stages. Connection of microphone and earpiece is possible with a minimum of external components. Furthermore the device generates the reference voltages for the A/D converter the TXDA output voltage stabilization and the LCD-display-driver modules integrated in the DECT-Digital Circuit. The reference voltages can be used together with external components and the PMB 27201, 27202, 27221, 27251, 27252 and 2728 for volume control of the ringer. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced ACMOS technology and will be available in a 24 pin package. Type Package PMB 2920-S P-SSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * High performance A/D- and D/A conversion * Adjustable analog amplifiers * Analog front end for direct connection of a handset mouth and earpiece * On-chip microphone supply generation * Power savings power-down and MUTE functions * Comparator for preprocessing of the demodulated receive signal * Reference voltage generation for on-chip A/D- and D/A converters and for the DECT-Digital Circuit * Support of volume control of the tone ringer signal RXDI RXREF + Microphone RXDA ADC AMI MICS Ref. Volt. Generation Data Out AGX Digital Audio Interface (REF 1 ... 5) AGR 3.4 MHz (Clock) 32 kHz (Frame) Data In DAC Earpiece + RCTI Control Block Ringer Control I 2 C Bus ITB08462 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 32 DECT Transmitter PMB 2220 General Description Type Package The PMB 2220 is a high speed analog bipolar IC and is one of the Siemens chipset for the Digital European Cordless Telephone. Combined with PLL (i.e. PMB 2306) and a power amplifier, the PMB 2220 device performs a complete DECT transmitter. Additionally the phase locked loop can be switched to receive mode and be used as a local oscillator for the receiver mixer of PMB 2420. PMB 2220-S P-SSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) F1 20 I REF 19 Features * Either single VCO operation (for receive and transmit) or dual VCO operation (one for receive and one for transmit) possible * 64/65-prescaler on chip * Frequency doubler for receive and transmit mode with balanced driver outputs * Supply voltage regulator (with external pnp-transistor) for the two VCO's * Power-down for the inactive VCO * Current reference output for PLL charge pump to get constant lock-in time * Wide power supple range 3.0 ... 5.5 V GND3 LOB1 LOE1 LOE2 LOB2 18 17 16 15 14 VCO 1 (Rx / Tx) V CC3 13 VCO 2 (Rx) I REG 12 V REF 11 Voltage Regulator Bandgap reference, PD charge pump reference, VCO-power decoder Processor 1/64/65 90 1 MCC 2 GND1 3 4 V CC1 PSRUN 5 6 PA PA 7 V CC2 8 GND2 9 10 TXON TXLOFF ITB05958 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 33 DECT Receiver PMB 2420 General Description The PMB 2420 is a high speed analog bipolar IC and is one of the Siemens chipset for the Digital European Cordless Telephone specified by the DECT standard. All control inputs and the RSSI signal output match with the PMB 27201/2 and 27221 and 27251/2 and 2728 and 2727 digital circuits. The IC operates as a heterodyne receiver using an intermediate frequency (IF) at 110 MHz. It consists of a mixer to downconvert the DECT-RF signal from 1.89 GHz to 110 MHz, a limiter amplifier, a field strength measurement unit (RSSI) with a peak-hold output, a coincidence demodulator, a sample-and-hold circuit for offset compensation and two operational amplifiers for basehand filtering. * Wide supply range 3.0 ... 5.5 V * Single conversion solution; advantages are: low supply current of total RF part no second IF image frequency and therefore insensitive to strong transmitters at FM radiofrequencies low total component count 1st mixer included on chip 28 27 26 LO LO 25 24 RFE 21 20 RSSG V CC 19 18 MO MO 17 16 RSSI 15 Bandgap V BG Gating Ref Sample & Hold - 22 RFB Standby R stp Integrator & Hold Interface RXOFF GND2 23 Package P-SSOP-28-1 (Shrink, SMD) * Single balanced RF mixer with current-saving open collector output on chip * Limiter and RSSI dynamic range: 75 dB for IF between 40 MHz and 115 MHz * RSSI output independent of supply voltage and temperature with 3 dB accuracy * Peak-hold output for the RSSI signal, reset by the controller via RSSG * Sample-and-hold control circuit for baseband threshold acquisition, loop opened and closed via RXDSG, offset compensation value is stored during standby mode * Timing for RSSI and sample-and-hold determined by the controller * Two operational amplifiers on chip for baseband filtering, included in sample and hold control loop * Standby mode with reduced supply current * Balanced circuitry throughout the RF and IF * Parts to improve signal isolation * Maybe applied as part of a complete DECT-chipset solution Features DSTP RXDSG RSTP Type PMB 2420-S Discharge Switch Gating + Limiter Amplifier with RSSI Current Sources Peak-hold Stage R BBL Buffer Amp. + - CK + - CK 1 2 3 QUA QUA OA 4 5 OP1I OP1Q 6 7 IFP IFP 9 10 OP2I RXREF RXDI 11 BBL 12 GND1 13 IFE 14 IFB ITB05959 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 8 34 RF-Building Blocks Introduction Building upon the success of the PMB 2200 modulator family, the PMB 2401 receiver and Siemens PLLs (TBB 200/TBB 206/PMB 2306), the new B6HF 25 GHz bipolar technology will allow for a further increase in performance, 3-V lower current consumption as well as for higher frequencies. Starting with the new prescalers PMB 2313/2314, all the standard RF-building blocks will be gradually moved to B6HF. The era of the mobile communications has lead to an explosion in the variety of RF applications. Active for many years in this field with high performance IC solutions, Siemens RF ICs have found use in almost all wireless systems and are generally recognized for their high performance, functionality and cost-effectiveness. Product Overview Type Description Applications Page Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 1 GHz 37 PMB 2201 B6HF Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 0.8 GHz to 1.5 GHz 38 PMB 2202 B6HF Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS, PDC), Cordless (PHS, WCPE) WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 1.5 GHz to 2.5 GHz 38 Modulator/Transmitter ICs PMB 2200 PMB 2205 Direct Vector Modulator Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless 41 (PHS, WCPE) WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation PMB 2207 B6HF Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless 42 (PHS) WCPE, WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation PMB 2220 Cordless (DECT), FSK modulation 33 PMB 2240 B6HF GSM Transmitter, 2.7 V DECT Transmitter, 3 V Cellular (GSM, PDC), QPSK/QAM modulation 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz 21 PMB 2245 B6HF PCN Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS), QPSK/QAM modulation 1.65 GHz to 1.85 GHz 21 PMB 2247 B6HF PCS Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS), QPSK/QAM modulation 1.8 GHz to 1.95 GHz 21 Demodulator/Receiver ICs PMB 2401 Receiver/Demodulator Circuit Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 0.9 GHz 43 PMB 2402 Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator CATV, Satellite (MSAT, VSAT), DS, WLL, WLAN 44 PMB 2405 B6HF GSM Receiver, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 2.5 GHz 23 PMB 2407 B6HF PCN/PCS Receiver, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 2.5 GHz 23 PMB 2420 Cordless (DECT), FSK demodulation 34 DECT Receiver, 3 V Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 35 RF-Building Blocks Product Overview (cont'd) Type Description Applications Page PMB 2302 B6HF 1.25 GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 1.25 GHz 45 PMB 2303 B6HF 2.5 GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 2.5 GHz 45 PMB 2306 PLL Frequency Synthesizer All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz 47 PMB 2307 PLL Frequency Synthesizer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz 47 PMB 2308 B6HF 1.25 GHz PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 1.25 GHz 49 PMB 2309 B6HF 2.5 GHz PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 2.5 GHz 49 PMB 2313 B6HF 1.1 GHz Prescaler :64/65 :128/129; 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizer up to 1.1 GHz 51 PMB 2314 B6HF 2.1 GHz Prescaler :64/65 :128/129; 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizer up to 2.1 GHz 51 All analog and digital systems as up- and downconversion mixer up to 2.0 GHz 52 PMB 2331 B6HF 2.0 GHz Mixer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as up- and downconversion mixer up to 2.0 GHz 52 PMB 2332 B6HF 1.1 GHz LNA + Mixer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as frontend-LNA and mixer up 53 to 1.1 GHz PMB 2333 B6HF 3 GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as frontend-LNA or preamplifier-driver and mixer up to 3 GHz Frequency Synthesizer, Prescaler ICs LNA/Mixer, Driver/Mixer, Mixer ICs PMB 2330 2.0 GHz Mixer Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 36 54 Direct Vector Modulator PMB 2200 General Description The PMB 2200 is a direct quadrature modulator for use in mobile communication equipment. An external LO signal f0 is fed to the modulator input. This signal is first doubled and then bandpass filtered at 2f0. This frequency is the clock for a 2:1 divider. At the output of the divider orthogonal carriers are provided which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The EN pin allows the modulator to be switched in power-down mode. Type Package PMB 2200-T P-DSO-20-1 (SMD) PMB 2200-S P-SSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Direct modulation vector modulator Linear modulating inputs Symmetrical circuitry Wide LO-frequency range 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming 35 dB carrier rejection, 42 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm linear output power Modulation frequency range 0 to 400 MHz Power-down mode P-DSO-20 or P-SSOP-20 package Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C DC Test Inputs PP LO-Inputs 800 to 1000 MHz 1 pF LO I (t ) I 1 k + LOI Divider 2:1 LO GSM-RF-Output + LOI DLO Filter 1.8 GHz DLO Frequency Doubler I LOQ + LOQ + Linear Qutput Stage E E 1 pF 1 k 0 PP Enable Q 90 Q Q (t ) PO GND EN LOI VS BIAS GND V SI LOQ ITB01535 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 37 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF General Description The PMB 2201, 2202 family is a direct quadrature modulator and double balanced mixer. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. In a typical application the wanted mixer output product is bandpass filtered and then fed to the modulator LO input. The mixer may also be used to upconvert the modulator output signal to higher frequencies up to 2.5 GHz. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The modulator and the mixer have separate power supplies and grounds. They can be powered down independently. PMB 2202-R P-TSSOP-24-1 (SMD) * Direct modulation vector modulator * Wide LO-frequency range PMB 2201: 0.8 GHz to 1.5 GHz PMB 2201: 1.5 GHz to 2.5 GHz * Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming * 35-dB carrier rejection, 40-dB SSB rejection * 42-dB rejection of third order products * 0-dBm modulator output power * Independent double balanced Gilbert cell mixer * RF- and IF-frequency range from DC to 2.5 GHz * Low noise figure, high conversion gain * Supply voltage range from 2.7 V to 5.5 V * Low power consumption * Power-down mode * P-TSSOP-24 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2201: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, PMB 2202: PCN, PCS, PDC, PHS, WCPE, WLL, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits LO LO Package P-TSSOP-24-1 (SMD) Features Applications MO MO Type PMB 2201-R B B A A Q 0 RF x2 RF E %2 E 90 Bias 1 Bias 2 IF IF PD 1 TREF PD 2 ITB08466 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 38 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF Q 0 178 MHz (130 MHz) 1429 ... 1465 MHz (940 ... 956 MHz) %2 x2 90 V CO V CO PMB 2201 1607 ... 1643 MHz (810 ... 826 MHz) :N2 PMB 2303 PD2 PD1 :R2 :R1 TXDATA :N1 1607 ... 1643 MHz (940 ... 956 MHz) 130.5 MHz REF RXDATA 455 kHz 130 MHz Demod. RSSI PMB 2331 PDC Application PMB 2201 / PMB 2303 / PMB 2331 / PMB 2333 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 39 PMB 2333 1477 ... 1513 MHz (810 ... 826 MHz) ITB08467 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF Q 0 259.25 MHz %2 x2 90 V CO V CO PMB 2202 1635.75 ... 1647.75 MHz 1895 ... 1907 MHz TXDATA :N2 PMB 2303 PD2 PD1 :R2 :R1 :N1 1646.65 ... 1658.45 MHz 259.15 MHz RXDATA 248.45 MHz 10.7 MHz REF 1895 ... 1907 MHz Demod. RSSI PMB 2331 PHS Application PMB 2202 / PMB 2303 / PMB 2331 / PMB 2333 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 40 PMB 2333 ITB08468 Direct Vector Modulator PMB 2205 General Description The PMB 2205 is a direct quadrature modulator for use in mobile communication equipment. An external LO signal f0 is fed to the modulator input. This signal is first doubled and then bandpass filtered at 2f0. The filter may be realized by an external tank circuit. Alternatively, a local oscillator operating at 2f0 may be connected to the divider input. This signal is the clock for a 2:1 divider. At the output of the divider orthogonal carriers are provided which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The EN pin allows the modulator to be switched in power-down mode. Type Package PMB 2205-T P-DSO-20-1 (SMD) PMB 2205-S P-SSOP-20-1 (Shrink SMD) Features * * * * * * Applications * * * * * * * * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Direct modulation vector modulator Linear modulating inputs Symmetrical circuitry Wide LO-frequency range 120 MHz to 800 MHz LO operation alternatively at transmit frequency or double transmit frequency Generation of orthogonal carriers within a wide frequency range 35 dB carrier rejection, 42 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm linear output power Modulation frequency range 0 to 400 MHz Power-down mode P-DSO-20 or P-SSOP-20 package Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C Tank Circuit or Double Transmit Frequency Inputs LO-Input 120 to 800 MHz I (t ) PP I DLO Frequency Doubler Buffer DLO + LOI Divider 2:1 LO RF-Output + LOI 1 pF LO I LOQ + LOQ + Linear Output Stage E E 1 pF Q PP 0 90 Enable Q Q (t ) PO GND EN LOI VS BIAS GND V SI LOQ ITB05482 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 41 Direct Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer PMB 2207 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2207 is a direct quadrature modulator and double balanced mixer. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. In a typical application the modulator output signal is bandpass filtered and then fed to the mixer input for upconversion. An external LO signal is fed to the modulator input. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The modulator and the mixer have separate power supplies and grounds. They can be powered down independently. PMB 2207-R P-TSSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, PHS, WCPE, WLL, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits B B A A Vector modulator with upconverter mixer Wide LO-frequency range from 80 MHz to 800 MHz Mixer RF-frequency range up to 2.5 GHz Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming 35 dB carrier rejection, 40 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm modulator output power Independent double balanced Gilbert cell mixer IF-frequency range from DC to 2.5 GHz Low noise figure, high conversion gain Supply voltage range from 2.7 V to 5.5 V Power-down mode P-TSSOP-24 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C A E RF RF Q 0 LO LO x2 MO %2 MO 90 Bias 1 Bias 2 IF IF PD 1 TREF PD 2 ITB08469 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 42 Receiver/Demodulator Circuit PMB 2401 Preliminary Data Type Package General Description The PMB 2401 is a single-chip double-conversion heterodyne PM receiver with phase shifting circuitry for the l/Q-phase demodulation on chip. It also includes the second local oscillator, a gain controlled 2nd IF amplifier, 2 differential operational amplifiers for audio purposes and power-down circuitry. The PMB 2401 is designed for digital mobile telephones according the GSM standard and other digital systems. PMB 2401-T P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) PMB 2401-S P-SSOP-28-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * Heterodyne receiver with demodulator * Down mixing from 900-MHz receiver band to the base band * Demodulation and generation of l/Q components * Lower mixer noise to 10 dB (SSB) * High intercept point + 2 dBm * Integrated phase shifter for l/Q demodulator * 82-dB AGC range * On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit * Two differential operational amplifiers * Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability * Wide input frequency range up to 1 GHz * Wide IF range from 35 MHz to 100 MHz * P-DSO-28 package, P-SSOP-28 (Shrink) * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C Application * Digital mobile cellular systems as GSM, PDC, DAMPS * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete demodulator circuits MO MO IFI IFI OUTI OUTI + Diff. Op. Amp. INI First Mixer Second Mixer I AGC INI Output Driver SI SOI SI SOI 0 LO-Buffer Amp. Divider by two LO 1 Divider by two Divider by two LO 2B LO 2E 90 LO 1 SOQ SOQ Second Mixer Q V S GND Standby RF Standby IF PD 1 PD 2 + - GC LO 2O OUTQ OUTQ Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 43 Output Driver Diff. Op. Amp. INQ INQ ITB03903 Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator PMB 2402 General Description Type Package The PMB 2402 is a single-chip single-conversion heterodyne receiver with phase shifting circuitry for the l/Q phase local baseband demodulation on chip. It also includes the second oscillator, a gain controlled second IF amplifier, two differential operational amplifiers for baseband fitering purposes and power-down circuitry. The PMB 2402 is designed for digital mobile telephones according to the GSM standard and other digital systems. PMB 2402-S P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) Features * Heterodyne receiver with demodulators * Down mixing from 900 MHz receiver band to the base band * Demodulation and generation of I/Q-baseband components * Low mixer noise 10 dB (SSB) * Input high intercept point + 2 dBm * Integrated 0 and 90 phase shifter * 82 dB AGC range * On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit * Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability * Wide input frequency range up to 1 GHz * Wide IF range from 35 MHz to 100 MHz * Wide output frequency range up to 13.5 MHz * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C Applications * Digital wideband systems as CATV, Satellite, DBS, WLAN * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GM * Space and power saving optimization of existing discrete demodulator circuit MO MO IFI IFI OUTI OUTI + Diff. Op. Amp. INI First Mixer Second Mixer I AGC INI Output Driver SI SOI SI SOI 0 LO-Buffer Amp. Divider by two LO 1 Divider by two Divider by two LO 2B LO 2E 90 LO 1 SOQ SOQ Second Mixer Q V S GND Standby RF Standby IF PD 1 PD 2 + - GC LO 2O OUTQ OUTQ Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 44 Output Driver Diff. Op. Amp. INQ INQ ITB03903 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler PMB 2302 B6HF PMB 2303 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2302, PMB 2303 are single chip dual Phase Locked Loop (PLL) synthesizers with programmable frequency dividers for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The circuit consists of high speed dual modulus dividers, shift registers, programmable counters (2 A-, 2 N- and 2 R-counters), phase detectors with charge pump and a control logic block. Since one of the high speed dual modulus dividers is able to handle frequencies of up to 1.25 GHz (2.5 GHz), there is no need to add a dedicated external prescaler. The second dual modulus divider handles frequencies up to 500 MHz. The switching signals for the dividing ratios are generated by the corresponding A-counters. The A-counter and the N-down-counter are programmable via the 3-wire bus. They are clocked by the dual modulus divider output signals. The carry outputs of the N-counters are connected to the frequency inputs of the corresponding phase detectors and are controlling the loading of the programmed A-/N-counter start values. The two 11 bit R-counters are also programmable and are serving as reference frequency dividers. Their carry outputs are connected to the corresponding reference frequency inputs of the phase detector and are controlling the loading of the programmed counter start values. The phase detectors are of PFD-type (phase and frequency sensitive). They have a linear output characteristic in the 0 phase error region. The control logic handles phase detectors output polarity, charge pump output currents and software-generated power-on (all circuit parts except the shift registers and data latches). PMB 2302-R P-TSSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) PMB 2303-R P-TSSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Applications All mobile communication analog and digital systems as RFand IF synthesizers Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 45 Integrated prescaler Low operating current Different power-down modes High input sensitivity, high input frequency Two fast phase detectors without dead zone Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing PLL1 PMB 2302 PMB 2303 max. freq. 1.25 GHz 2.5 GHz prescaler: :32/:33 :64/:65 A1-counter 0 to 31 0 to 63 N1-counter 32 to 2047 64 to 1023 R1-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 PLL2 PMB 2302 PMB 2303 max. freq. 500 MHz 500 MHz prescaler: :16/:17 :16/:17 A2-counter 0 to 15 0 to 15 N2-counter 16 to 1023 16 to 1023 R2-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax = 10 MHz) Switchable polarity and phase detector current programmable 1 port output (TTL push-pull) External current setting for phase detector outputs Lock detect output with gated pulse (quasi digital lock detect) Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-20 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler RF1 RF1 PMB 2302 B6HF PMB 2303 B6HF Divider /32 / 33 (/64 / 65) CP 5 (6) Bit CY A1-Counter D0 ... D4 LD 1 Bit Latch (Idle) CLK DA EN CP 11 (10) Bit Latch N1- Counter D5 ... D15 5 (6) Bit A 1-Counter 2 Bit Adress CY LD 11 (10) Bit Latch N 1- Counter (17 + 2) Bit Shift Register 3 Bit Latch Control & Test CT0, CT1, P0 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump 1 11 Bit Latch R1- Counter CP0 ... CP2 R0 ... R10 LD CP RI f REF CY 11 Bit R1- Counter f VCON V CC 1 GND 1 V CCP PON 1 V CC 2 GND 2 GND 1 PD1 LD I REF Port PD2 Phase Detector 1 Control & Test Phase Detector 2 f VCON f REF CP CT0, CT1 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump 2 2 Bit Adress 4 Bit A2-Counter D0 ... D3 RF2 Divider /16 / 17 CY R0 ... R10 11 Bit Latch R2- Counter (17 + 2) Bit Shift Register 1 Bit Latch (Idle) RF2 LD CP0 ... CP2 3 Bit Latch Control & Test 11 Bit R 2- Counter 10 Bit Latch N2-Counter LD D4 ... D13 CY 4 Bit A2-Counter CP 2 Bit Latch (Idle) CP 10 Bit Latch N2- Counter LD CY ITB08470 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 46 PLL Frequency Synthesizer PMB 2306 PMB 2307 General Description Type Package The PMB 2306, PMB 2307 PLL are high speed CMOS ICs are especially designed for use in battery-powered radio equipment and mobile telephones. The intended application will be in GSM, PCN, DECT and other digital mobile systems. The wide range of dividing ratios also allows application in analog systems. The circuit consists of a reference-, A- and N-counter, a dual-modulus-control logic, a phase detector with charge pump and a serial control logic. The setting of the operating mode and the selection of the counter ratios is done serially at the ports CLK, DA and EN. The operating modes allow the selection of single or dual operation, asynchronous or synchronous data acquisition, 4 different antibacklash-impulse times, 8 different PD-output current modes, polarity setting of the PD-output signal, adjustment of the trigger-edge of the MOD-output signal, 2 standby modes and the control of the multifunction outputs MFO1 and MFO2. The reference frequency is applied at the Rl input and scaled down by the R-counter. Its maximum value is 50 MHz. The VCO frequency is applied at the Fl input and scaled down by the N- or N/A-counter according to single or dual-mode operation. The maximum value at Fl is 220 MHz at single-, and 65 MHz at dual-mode operation. The phase detector is frequency and phase sensitive. It produces a phase detector signal with adjustable antibacklash impulses in order to prevent a dead zone at very small phase deviations. Phase differences smaller than 100 ps can therefore be resolved. Programming of the IC is done by a serial data control. The contents of the messages are assigned to the functional units according to the destination address. Single or dual-mode operation as well as asynchronous or synchronous data acquisition is set by status 2 and should therefore precede the programming of the counters. The PMB 2306/PMB 2307 offer the possibility of synchronous data acquisition to avoid error signals at the phase detector due to non-corresponding dividing factors in the counters produced by asynchronous loading. Synchronous programming guarantees control during changes of frequency or channel. That means that the state of the phase detector or the phase difference is kept maintained, and in case of "lock in", the control process starts with the phase difference "zero". Synchronous transmission is particularly advantageous when large transfers in channel are to be made in a specific short transient recovery time. For this purpose a larger reference frequency is switched to in order to achieve rapid"rough"-transient response, increasing the bandwidth of the loop at the time. When reaching the "quasi lock-in" state, the reference frequency is switched back to its original values. PMB 2306-T P-DSO-14-1 (SMD) PMB 2306-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) PMB 2307-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Adjustment to the "actual" value then takes place with the usual transient response as for small transfers in channel. The synchronous transmission ensures that no additional phase errors arise due to the change of reference frequencies. The PMB 2306/2307 has two standby modes (standby1, 2) to reduce the current consumption. * Standby1 switches off the whole circuit, the current consumption is reduced to below 1 A. * Standby2 switches off the counters, the charge pump and the outputs, only the preamplifiers stay active. The standby modes do not affect the port output signal. For the influence on the other output signals see standby table. Features * Low operating current consumption * Low operating voltage PMB 2306: 3 V to 5.5 V PMB 2307: 2.7 V to 5.5 V * High input sensitivity, high input frequencies (220 MHz) * Extremely fast phase detector without dead zone * Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources * Synchronous programming of the counters (N-, N/A-, R-counters) and system parameters * Fast modulus switchover for 65-MHz operation * Switchable modulus trigger edge * Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing - A-scaler 0 to 127 - N-scaler 3 to 16380 - R-scaler 3 to 65535 * Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax 5 MHz) * Switchable polarity and rate of trimming rise of the phase detector * 2 multifunction outputs * Digital phase detector output signals (e.g. for external charge pump) * frn, fyn outputs of the R- and N-scalers * Port 1 output (e.g. for standby of the prescaler) * External current setting for PD output * Lock detect output with gated antibacklash pulse (quasi digital lock detect) 47 PLL Frequency Synthesizer RI PMB 2306 PMB 2307 fR 16 Bit R-Counter PhaseDetector R LockDetector Data Register LD and Shadow Register Charge Pump fV Shift Register V PD MFO1 I REF MFO2 Modulus-Control FI 14 Bit N-Counter 7 Bit A-Counter Data Register Data Register Shadow Register Shadow Register Shift Register Shift Register MOD V DD1 V SS1 CLK DA EN V DD Serial Control Logic V SS ITB04206 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 48 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler PMB 2308 B6HF PMB 2309 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2308, PMB 2309 are Phase Locked Loop (PLL) synthesizers with programmable frequency dividers for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The circuit consists of high speed dual modulus divider, shift register, programmable counter (A-, N- and R-counter), phase detector with charge pump and a control logic block. Since the high speed dual modulus divider is able to handle frequencies of up to 1.25 (2.5) GHz, there is no need to add a dedicated external prescaler. The switching signals for the dividing ratio 16/17 (32/33) is generated by the A-counter. The A-counter and the N-down-counter are programmable via the 3-wire bus. They are clocked by the dual modulus divider output signal. The carry output of the N-counter is connected to the frequency input of the phase detector and is controlling the loading of the programmed A-/N-counter start values. The 11 bit R-counter is also programmable and is serving as reference frequency divider. Its carry output is connected to the reference frequency input of the phase detector and is controlling the loading of the programmed counter start value. The phase detector is of PFD-type (phase and frequency sensitive). It has a linear output characteristic in the 0 phase error region. The control logic handles phase detector output polarity, charge pump output current and software-generated powerdown (all circuit parts except the shift registers and data latches). PMB 2308-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) PMB 2309-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Applications All mobile communication analog and digital systems as RFand IF synthesizers Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 49 Integrated prescaler Low operating current Different power-down modes High input sensitivity, high input frequency Fast phase detector without dead zone Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing PLL PMB 2308 PMB 2309 max. freq. 1.25 GHz 2.5 GHz prescaler: :16/:17 :32/:33 A-counter 0 to 15 0 to 31 N-counter 16 to 4095 32 to 2047 R-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax = 10 MHz) Switchable polarity and phase detector current programmable 1 port output (TTL push-pull) External current setting for phase detector output Lock detect output with gated pulse (quasi-digital lock detect) Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler RF1 RF1 PMB 2308 PMB 2309 Divider /16 / 17 (/32 / 33) f VCOA CP 4 (5) Bit CY A1-Counter D0 ... D3 LD 1 Bit Latch (Idle) CLK DA EN CP D4 ... D15 4 Bit Latch A-Counter 1 Bit Adress 12 (11) Bit N- Counter 12 Bit Latch (17 + 1) Bit Shift Register 3 Bit Latch Control & Test 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump CP RI f REF MSB Shifted First 11 Bit Latch R- Counter LD CY LD MSB R0 ... R10 11 Bit R- Counter CY f VCON V CC 1 CT0, CT1, P0 GND 1 V CC2 GND 2 Control & Test PD LD I REF CP0 ... CP2 Phase Detector Port Power Down PON ITB08471 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 50 1.1-GHz Prescaler 2.1-GHz Prescaler PMB 2313 B6HF PMB 2314 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2313, PMB 2314 prescaler family is designed for use in mobile radio communication devices. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. Due to its low power consumption, low supply voltage down to 2.7 V and low phase noise generation it is suitable for the use in various battery powered handheld systems. The balanced differential inputs of the IC may be connected either symmetrically or asymmetrically. Depending on the logic level at SW input the dividing ratio is fixed to 1:64/65 or 1:128/129. The MOD input determines whether modulus 1/n or 1/(n+1) (n=64 or n=128, according to SW level) is active. The IC can be switched to a low-power standby mode (input STB). The MOD input is TTL/CMOS compatible. The emitter follower output is CMOS compatible. PMB 2313-T P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) PMB 2314-T P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) Features * * * * Low operating current Power-down mode High input sensitivity Wide input frequency range PMB 2313: 0.1 GHz to 1.1 GHz PMB 2314: 0.1 GHz to 2.1 GHz Low noise Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-DSO-8 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C * * * * Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizers. VS STB 2 7 V REF I2 I1 8 4 1:64 / 65 1:128 / 129 Q 1 I SW 3 6 5 GND Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 51 MOD ITB08472 2.0-GHz Mixer 2.0-GHz Mixer PMB 2330 PMB 2331 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2330, PMB 2331 are low power, double balanced up-/downconversion Gilbert cell mixers up to 2.0 GHz. The PMB 2331 is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. PMB 2330-T P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) PMB 2331-T P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) Features * Low operating current * Low operating voltage: PMB 2330: 3.0 V to 7.0 V PMB 2331: 2.7 V to 5.5 V * Power-down mode * RF- and IF-frequency range up to 2.0 GHz * Mixer current adjustable * Low noise figure * High conversion gain * Excellent intercept performance * Good suppression of input signals at output * High isolation values * Few external components * P-DSO-8 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as up/ downconverter mixer. MO MO VS LO 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 GND LO Bias MI MI Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 52 ITB08473 1.1-GHz LNA + Mixer PMB 2332 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2332 is a low noise amplifier (LNA) up to 1.1 GHz and double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The amplified signal is external available for further use at output AO. The DC level at GC allows to switch the LNA gain (on/off: 20 dB). The mixer is a general purpose up- and downconversion Gilbert cell mixer. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. The STB pin allows the mixer and bandgap part of the IC to be switched in power-down mode. PMB 2332-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * Low operating current Power-down mode LNA frequency range up to 1.1 GHz Switchable LNA gain High LNA gain (typ. 20 dB at 900 MHz) Low LNA noise figure (typ. 1.5 dB at 900 MHz) Double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz with high gain Excellent intercept performance High isolation values Few external components Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as frontend-LNA and up-/ downconverter mixer. GC AO LNA AREF V CC LNA STB MI MI GND Mixer LO MO MO V CC LO Bias AI GND GND LNA LNA ITB08474 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 53 3-GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer PMB 2333 B6HF General Description Type Package The PMB 2333 is a low power amplifier and double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The amplifier may be used as low noise amplifier (LNA) or as driver amplifier. The amplified signal is external available for further use at the open collector output AO. The DC level at GC allows to adjust the amplifier current and the gain. Low current is recommended for using the amplifier as LNA, higher current for using it as driver. The mixer is a general purpose up- and downconversion Gilbert cell mixer. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. The STB pin allows the mixer and bandgap part of the IC to be switched in power-down mode. PMB 2333-R P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Low operating current Power-down mode Amplifier frequency range up to 3 GHz LNA: Variable gain, High gain (typ. 12 dB at 1.8 GHz), Low noise figure (typ. 1.7 dB at 1.8 GHz) Driver-amplifier: Variable gain, High output (typ. +12 dBm at 1.8 GHz) Double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz with high gain Excellent intercept performance High isolation values Few external components Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V T-SSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as frontend-LNA or preamplifier-driver and up-/downconverter mixer. GC AO AMP AREF GND AMP STB MI MI GND Mixer LO MO MO V CC LO Bias AI GND GND AMP AMP ITB08475 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 54 Digital Terminal ICs Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 55 Digital Terminals ICs Positioning of the described products in different kinds of applications/segments. Type Video Data Voice Page * * * * * * 61 61 * * * 62 * 63 (R) ISAC -S PEB 2085 PEB 2086 ISAC(R)-S TE PSB 2186 (R) ISAC -P PEB 20950 ISAC(R)-P TE PSB 2196 * * 64 SmartLink-P PSB 2197 * * 66 * * * 68 * * * * * * * 70 71 * * 74 ARCOFI(R) PSB 2160 (R) ARCOFI -BA PSB 2161 ARCOFI(R)-SP PSB 2163 PSB 2165 69 ITAC(R) PSB 2110 ISAR PSB 7110 * HSCX-TE PSB 21525 JADE PSB 7280 * * 73 * 75 * * * = Main application * = Optional Depending on the application products out of other segments like ESCC2; IBC; IEC-Q should also be considered. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 56 76 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals The adaptation of existing data terminals (DTE) to an ISDN through a variety of interfaces (X.21, V24, RS232C, ...) is a subject being covered by a number of emerging standards. The ITAC ISDN adapter circuit PSB 2110 brings a flexible solution to each configuration. A typical subscriber terminal configuration is shown in the figure 1. ISDN Voice Terminals With the digitization of the local loops, new ICs are needed to adapt the voice and data sources. Because of the analog/digital conversion is implemented in the telephone, Digital Signal Processing techniques (DSP) are suitably powerful tools for accomplishing this task. The ARCOFI(R) PSB 2160, ARCOFI(R)-BA PSB 2161 and ARCOFI(R)-SP PSB 2165 or PSB 2163 make the best use of this technology to deliver programmable, telephone specific codec/filter. The modular concept allows the support of several interfaces like UP0 (ISAC(R)-P), UPN (ISAC(R)-P TE, SmartLink-P), S0 (ISAC(R)-S, ISAC(R)-S TE) and Uk0 (IEC-Q, IEC-T). All interface controllers including layer-1, -2 support the IOM-2 Bus and are software compatible. Extendible to Integrated Voice / Data Terminals Packet Data e.g. X.25 HSCX SAB 82525 Character Data e.g. V24 or X.21 Voice ARCOFI (R) PSB 2160 ARCOFI (R) -BA PSB 2161 ARCOFI (R) -SP PSB 2165 PSB 2163 ITAC (R) PSB 2110 C (optional) IOM (R) -2 Bus 768 kbit / s ISAC (R) -S PEB 2085 PEB 2086 ISAC (R) -S TE PSB 2186 ISAC (R) -P PEB 20950 ISAC (R) -P TE PSB 2196 Smart Link-P PSB 2197 S/T Interface P Figure 1 ISDN Voice Terminal (extendible to integrated voice/data applications) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 57 ITA03699 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals The shown enhanced passive PC-card version (figure 3) includes the interface controllers and a DSP-based solution. There is a dedicated ROM-coded DSP-version for supporting modem (V.32), fax (V.29), data adaption (V.110, USART framing) and HDLC controlling in development. Please contact the Siemens sales office for details. Like the ISDN Voice Terminals (figure 1) both PC-card version are expendible for voice and active PC-card solutions. ISDN Data Access Shorter dial-up times, higher data rates and simultaneous voice/data transmission comparing to analog transfer via modem make ISDN very interesting for data access. Especially ISDN data transfer via PC card is becoming more and more popular. The signs below show 2 solutions of passive PC cards. The passive low cost version (figure 2) is optimal for point-to-point data transfer. The modular concept for this version includes the HDLC controllers and the interface controllers (optional for UP0-, UPN-, S0-, Uk0-interfaces see ISDN Voice Terminals). The serial controllers HSCX (8-bit interface) and ESCC2 (16-bit interface) can be used in many applications in telecom and datacom systems by offering dual channel HDLC controlling and DMA capability. HSCX (8 Bit) SAB 82525 ESCC2 (16 Bit) SAB 82532 IOM (R) -2 Bus ISAC (R) -S TE (PSB 2186) IOM (R) -2 ISAR PSB 7110 S0 Local Bus PC-Interface Bus ISAC (R) -S TE (PSB 2186) Local Bus PC Bus PC-Interface PC Bus ITA06116 ITA06117 Figure 3 Enhanced Passive PC-Card Solution Optimized ROM-Coded DSP-Solution (in development) Figure 2 Passive Low-Cost PC-Card Solution Siemens Aktiengesellschaft S0 58 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals ISDN Video Terminals The 8x8 VCP is a single-chip programmable video processor, which support the standards H.261, MPEG1, MPEG2 IPEG. The Siemens audio compression IC JADE supports the following standards: G.711, G.722, G.728. The figure 4 shows the 8x8-Siemens videophone solution. Together with the video compression IC (VCP) from 8x8, Siemens offers a system solution for H.320 ISDN-based video communication. This four chip solution includes the VCP ARCOFI-SP (PSB 2165) Joint Audio Decoder-Encoder JADE (PSB 7280) ISAC-S (PSB 2186). ISDN S-Interface ISAC (R) -S (PSB 2186) Microphone IOM (R) -2 SRAM VCP 8x8 3100 Series DRAM Camera Video In Audio JADE PSB 7280 Video Out Speakers Host Video Capture SAB 80C535 PCI I / F PCI / VL Bus ITA06118 Figure 4 IIT-Siemens Chipset Single Board PC Videophone Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft IOM (R) -2 ARCOFI (R) -SP PSB 2163 59 Digital Terminal ICs Product Overview Type Description Page (R) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 61 PEB 2086 (R) ISAC -S ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 61 PSB 2186 ISAC(R)-S TE ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 62 (R) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 63 (R) PEB 2085 PEB 20950 Short Title ISAC -S ISAC -P PSB 2196 ISAC -P TE ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 64 PSB 2197 SmartLink-P Subscriber Access Controller 66 (R) PSB 2160 ARCOFI Audio Ringing Codec Filter 68 PSB 2161 ARCOFI(R)-BA Audio Ringing Codec Filter 69 (R) Audio Ringing Codec Filter 70 (R) PSB 2163 ARCOFI -SP PSB 2165 ARCOFI -SP Audio Ringing Codec Filter 71 PSB 7110 ISAR ISDN Subscriber Access 73 74 (R) PSB 2110 ITAC ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit PSB 21525 HSCX-TE High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 75 PSB 7280 JADE Joint Audio Decoder / Encoder 76 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 60 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (ISAC(R)-S) PEB 2085 PEB 2086 General Description Type Package The PEB 2085/86 ISAC-S implements the four-wire S0 interface used to link voice/data terminals to an ISDN. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S0 and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN basic access. The HDLC packets of the ISDN D-channel are handled by the ISAC-S which interfaces them to the associated microcontroller. PEB 2085-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 2085-P P-DIP-40-2 PEB 2086-H P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) PEB 2086-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features * Full duplex 2B+D S0 interface transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Conversion of the frame structure between the S/T interface and IOM * Receive timing recovery according to selected operating mode * D-channel access control; support of LAPD protocol * FlFO-buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets * 8-bit microprocessor interface, multiplexed or nonmultiplexed * Serial interface: IOM-1, SLD, SSI, IOM-2 * Implementation of IOM-1/IOM-2-MONITOR and C/Ichannel protocol to control peripheral devices * Watchdog timer Applications * * * * * * * Voice/Data Terminals ISDN PC Cards/Terminal Adapters Videophone Video PC Cards/Conferencing Systems G4 FAX Tele Control Systems Point-of-Sales Terminal IOM (R) S SSI B-Channel Buffer SSI Switching IOM (R) Layer-1 Functions Interface SLD SLD D-Channel Handling ISDN Basic Access Control FIFO P Interface P ITB00843 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 61 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminal Applications (ISAC(R)-S TE) PSB 2186 General Description Type Package The PSB 2186 ISAC-S TE implements the four-wire S0 interface used to link voice/data terminals to an ISDN. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S0 and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN basic access. The HDLC packets of the ISDN D-channel are handled by the ISAC-S TE which interfaces them to the associated microcontroller. PSB 2186-H P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) PSB 2186-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PSB 2186-P P-DIP-40-2 Features * IOM-2 terminal specific version of the PEB 2086 (downward pin and SW compatibility) * Full duplex 2B+D S0-interface transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Conversion of the frame structure between the S/T interface and IOM-2 * D-channel access control; support of LAPD control * FIFO buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets * 8-bit microprocessor interface, multiplexed or non-multiplexed * Serial interface: IOM-2 interface including bit clock and strobe signal * Implementation of IOM-2 MONITOR and C/l-channel protocol to control peripheral devices Applications * * * * * * * * Voice/Data Terminals ISDN PC Cards/Terminal Adapters Videophone Video PC Cards/Conferencing Systems G4 FAX Tele Control Systems Cash Register Internetworks Point-of-sales terminals IOM (R) - 2 S B-Channel Buffer Switching IOM (R) ISDNBasic Access Layer-1 Functions Interface D-Channel Handling Control FIFO P-Interface Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft P ITB05406 62 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (ISAC(R)-P) PEB 20950 General Description Type Package The ISAC-P PEB 20950 is a combination of transceiver and HDLC controller for ISDN terminals in a two-wire PBX environment. Transceiver functions are performed according to the two-wire PBX industry standard UP0. This corresponds to all of the functions available on the IBC PEB 2095. Similarly the HDLC protocol is processed as described for the ICC PEB 2070. The ISAC-P represents both the IBC and ICC on a single IC. PEB 20950-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 20950-P P-DIP-40-2 Features * * * * * * * * * * Half-duplex burst-mode two-wire transceiver AMI-line code Adaptive line equalization High-level support of LAPD protocol FlFO-buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets IOM interface to other ICs Switching of test loops 8-bit P interface Advanced CMOS technology Low power consumption Code SSI Port SLD Port Scramble Decode IOM (R) Interface HDLC Receiver LAPD HDLC Transmitter Controller Status Command Register Descramble R-FIFO f X-FIFO FIFO Controller Buffer Timing ADPLL P-Interface ITB01499 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 63 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (ISAC(R)-P TE) PSB 2196 General Description Type Package The PSB 2196, ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN interface ISAC-P TE, implements the subscriber access functions for a digital terminal to be connected to a two-wire UPN interface. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE is an optimized device for TE-applications, covering the complete layer-1 and -2 functions. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE combines the functions of the UPN transceiver with reduced loop length (one channel of the OCTAT-P PEB 2096) and the ISDN-Communications Controller (ICC, PEB 2070) onto one chip. The microcontroller interface of the ISAC-P TE is compatible to standard multiplexed microcontrollers. In addition it provides the microcontroller clock signal as well as a supply voltage control and reset generation. The terminal repeater function of the ISAC-P TE allows to cascade two telephones which are controlled by one UPN interface from the line card. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE interfaces to voice/data devices via the IOM-2 interface. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE is a 1 micron CMOS device offered in a P-LCC-44 and P-MQFP-44 pin package. It operates from a single 5-V supply. Note: UPN in the document refers to a version of the UP0 standard with a reduced loop length. PSB 2196-H P-MQFP-44-2 (SMD) PSB 2196-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Cost/performance-optimized UPN-interface transceiver, compatible to PEB 2096 OCTAT-P * HDLC controller with 2 x 32-byte FIFO per direction * HDLC-address recognition and control field handling compatible to PEB 2070 * IOM-2 interface for terminal application compatible to PEB 2070 ICC * 8-bit multiplexed microprocessor interface * 4-wire serial programming interface * CPU clock and reset outputs * Test loops * Advanced CMOS technology 64 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (ISAC(R)-P TE) PSB 2196 TE-Mode IOM (R) -2 U PN LCD Contrast Pulse Width Modulator D-Channel Controller LCD Matrix IOM (R) -2 Interface U PN Transceiver FIFO LED Matrix Control Microcontroller Interface / Reset Logic Block Diagram of the ISAC(R)-P TE TE-Mode Microcontroller TR-Mode ITB05320 IOM (R) -2 U PN U PN Transceiver TIC IOM (R) -2 Interface Reset ITB05321 Block Diagram of the ISAC(R)-P TE TR-Mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 65 Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SmartLink-P) PSB 2197 General Description Type Package The PSB 2197, SmartLink-P, implements the subscriber access functions for a digital terminal to be connected to a two-wire UPN interface. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P is an optimized device for TE applications, covering the complete layer-1 and basic layer-2 functions for digital terminals. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P combines the functions of the UPN transceiver with reduced loop length (one channel of the OCTAT-P PEB 2096) and a simple HDLC controller for signaling data onto one chip. A pulse width modulator is included to provide an LCD-contrast control or a ring tone signal. The serial control port of the SmartLink-P is compatible to most serial interfaces of microcontrollers. In addition it provides the microcontroller clock signal as well as an undervoltage detector and reset generation including a watchdog function. The Terminal Repeater function of the SmartLink-P allows to cascade two telephones which are controlled by one UPN interface from the line card or to extend the loop length by using an IEC-Q transceiver. The SmartLink-P can also be used as a simple HDLC controller which provides the TlC-bus access procedure. In this mode, the UPN transceiver is inactive. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P interfaces to voice/data devices via the IOM-2 interface and provides an additional bit clock and strobe signal for standard codecs. The upstream B-channel information may be muted or loop back the downstream data. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P is a 1-micron CMOS device offered in a P-DSO-28 package. It operates from a single 5-V supply. Note: UPN in the document refers to a version of the UP0 standard with a reduced loop length. PSB 2197-T P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Cost/performance-optimized UPN interface tranceiver, compatible to PEB 2096 OCTAT-P or PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE * HDLC controller with 2 x 4-byte FIFO per direction * IOM-2 interface for terminal application including bit clock and strobe signal * Uplink MUTE function * Selective B-channel loop back * Serial control port * Pulse width output LCD-contrast control or ring tone generation * CPU clock and reset output * Watchdog timer * Test loops * Advanced CMOS technology * Low power consumption: active: 100 mW max. 66 Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SmartLink-P) PSB 2197 TE-Mode IOM (R) -2 / PCM U PN Pulse Width Modulator Ring Tone Generator D-Channel Controller IOM (R) -2 Interface TIC U PN Transceiver FIFO Serial Control Port Clock, Reset Microcontroller ITB06298 Block Diagram of the SmartLink-P TE-Mode TR-Mode IOM (R) -2 U PN U PN Transceiver TIC IOM (R) -2 Interface Reset ITB05321 Block Diagram of the SmartLink-P TR-Mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 67 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)) PSB 2160 General Description Type Package The PSB 2160 ARCOFI provides the subscriber with an optimized audio, ringing, codec, filter processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone. PSB 2160-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PSB 2160-P P-DIP-24-1 Features Applications * * * * * Applications in digital terminal equipment including a voice path * Digital signal processing (DSP) performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G.714/CCITT specifications * PCM G.711/CCITT A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 or SLD serial interface bus * DTMF, tone and ringing generators * Separate output for a piezo ringer * Dual analog inputs for handset and "hands-free" microphones plus an auxiliary differential analog input * Two sets of differential outputs for a handset earpiece and a loudspeaker * 100 mW (sine wave) loadspeaker driver capability * Test and maintenance loopbacks in the analog front end and the digital processor * Low power CMOS technology * Power consumption active: 150 mW standby: 100 mW Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals Telephones with PC Interface Voice featured PC Cards Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter AFE XINP XINN MIP MIN FHM HOP HON ASP 13 14 AX 10 15 16 AHM 1 17 LSN Digital Signal Processor A I / MUX D Peripheral Control Interface 19 18 8 7 11 AHO Timing Unit D A SA SB SC SD Interface SIP / DU 6 CLK / DCLK PLL 5 ALS 22 GNDA 23 V SS 24 1 2 3 4 GNDD V DD SP 2 SP 1 RS Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 68 DD 12 SLD-IOM (R) -2 Coefficient RAM 21 20 9 AFHM O / MUX LSP ADI FSC ITB00891 Audio Ringing Codec Filter Basic Function (ARCOFI(R)-BA) PSB 2161 General Description Type Package The PSB 2161 ARCOFI-BA provides the Design Engineer with a cost-optimized audio, ringing, codec, filter processor solution for simple digital terminals. It offers the minimum functions necessary to develop a low-cost telephone and thus with the high flexibility by the DSP technics. Applications * Low-Cost Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals * Telephones with PC Interface * Voice featured PC Cards * Video Conference Terminals * Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter PSB 2161 P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) Features * Programmable Analog Front End (AFE), enables direct connection of microphones, earpiece and loudspeaker * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G. 714 CCITT and ETSI (NET33) specification * PCM A-Law/-Law (G. 711 CCITT) and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 interface (TE- and non-TE-mode), Serial Control Interface (SCI) and Serial Data Interface (SDI) * Three analog inputs: two differential, high performance inputs for microphones plus a single-ended auxiliary input * Two differential outputs for a handset earpiece (200 ) and a loudspeaker (50 ) * 100-mW sine wave and 200-mW square wave loadspeaker driver capability * Separate digital output for a piezo ringer * Flexible Peripheral Control Interface (PCI) in IOM-2 TE-mode * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Single 5-V power supply * Low power consumption: standby < 1 mW Configuration & Coefficients Peripheral Control & Serial Control Interface Audio Analog Front End Data Digital Signal Processor Data IOM (R) -2 & Serial Data Interface PCI / SCI IOM (R) -2 / SDI Timing Unit & Reset Logic ITB05593 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 69 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Enhanced Speakerphone PSB 2163 General Description Type Package The PSB 2163 ARCOFI-SP provides the subscriber with an DSP-based audio, ringing, codec, filter-processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone featuring digital speakerphone and controlled loudhearing. PSB 2163-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PSB 2163-P P-DIP-28-1 PSB 2163-T P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) Features Applications * * * * * * Programmable Analog Front End (AFE), enables direct connection of microphones, earpiece and loudspeaker * 42+3 dB transmit amplification on chip, allows the direct connection of the speakerphone microphone without external OpAmp * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions Fully compatible to the G.714/CCITT and NET33/ETSI specifications * PCM G.711/CCITT A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 TE, IOM-2 (4 MHz) and SCI/SDI serial data interfaces * Enhanced digital speakerphone support without any external devices: "Stronger-Wins" Algorithm enables mode switching by just speaking louder Controlled monitoring (loudhearing) without any external devices Automatic Gain-Control (AGC) in transmit and receive direction * 200 mW (square) / 100 mW (sine wave) loudspeaker driver capability * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Low power consumption (standby < 1 mW) Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals Telephones with PC Interface Voice Featured PC Cards Video Conference Terminals Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter Configuration & Coefficients Peripheral Control & Serial Control Interface Audio Analog Front End Data Digital Signal Processor Data IOM (R) -2 & Serial Data Interface PCI / SCI IOM (R) -2 / SDI Timing Unit & Reset Logic ITB05593 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 70 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Speakerphone Function PSB 2165 General Description Type Package The PSB 2165 ARCOFI-SP provides the subscriber with an optimized Audio, Ringing, Codec, Filter processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone. The ARCOFI-SP performs all coding, decoding and filtering functions according to the CCITT and AT&T standard. Full featured applications are possible without any external elements. All the necessary hardware and software is implemented. In addition, the ARCOFI-SP offers a speakerphone function as well as a controlled monitoring. These features are fully implemented in the chip. Two independent receive channels offer a more flexible use of the tone generator, the digital gain stages, and the frequency correction. Two transducer correction filters (one for each direction) can be programmed to correct the analog transducer frequency characteristics. The ARCOFI-SP provides an universal DTMF, tone and ringing generator. All the generated tone sequences are switchable to each output. This flexible tone generator concept fulfills all the current specifications. The interfacing to a handset mouth and earpiece is facilitated by a flexible analog front end. A loudspeaker output has also been integrated on the chip as well as a secondary input for a speakerphone microphone. Further auxiliary differential analog input is available. All analog inputs and outputs are gain programmable through software. PSB 2165-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PSB 2165-P P-DIP-28-1 Features * Applications in digital terminal equipment featuring voice functions * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G.714 CCITT specifications * PCM A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 or SLD serial data interface * Full digital speakerphone support without any external devices * Automatic Gain Control (AGC) in transmit direction * Controlled monitoring (loudhearing) without any external devices * Dual analog input for the microphone in the handset and single-ended input the speakerphone plus an auxiliary differential analog input * Two differential outputs for a handset earpiece and a loudspeaker * 100-mW (sine wave) loudspeaker driver capability * Independent gain programmable amplifiers for all analog inputs and outputs * Flexible Peripheral Control Interface (PCI) * Flexible test and maintenance loopbacks in the analog front end and the digital signal processor * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Low power consumption (standby < 1 mW) * Advanced CMOS technology, single 5-V power supply Hardware and software support by the Siemens ISDN PC Board SIPB 5000 and ARCOFI-SP coefficient program ARCOS SP Plus SIPO 2165 Functional Description The ARCOFI-SP bridges the gap between the audio world of microphones, earphones, loudspeakers and the PCM digital world by providing a full PCM-CODEC with all the necessary transmit and receive filters as well as a speakerphone and monitoring function. The ARCOFI-SP can be subdivided in three main blocks: * The ARCOFI Analog Front End (AFE) * The ARCOFI Signal Processor(ASP) * The ARCOFI Digital Interface (ADI). Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 71 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Speakerphone Function Auxiliary Speakerphone Handset Microphone Amplifier A Earpiece Signal Processing D Tone and DTMF Generator PiezoRinger Loudspeaker PSB 2165 Amplifier D + Signal Processing A Amplifier D Speakerphone (+ Monitoring) A/ IOM (R) -2 SLD Side Tone Futher Terminal Functions Power Supply 5 V + A/ + + A AFE ASP Signal Flow Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 72 ADI ITA03966 ISDN Data Access Controller (ISAR) PSB 7110 General Description Type Package The PSB 7110 ISAR has been designed as advanced solution for passive ISDN PC cards and stand alone terminal adapter boxes. It is an ISDN-data access controller, which supports data rate adaption, standard HDLC protocolling and communication with remote analog fax or modem applications. PSB 7110-F P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) Features * Two universal formatter supporting async, HDLC and binary framing of B-channel data * One HDLC formatter with TIC-bus support for D-channel applications in terminal mode * Fax/modem modulation up to 14.4 kbaud (V.32bis, V.17) including fall back modes * DTMF generation / reception * 8 Kbyte on-chip RAM for internal use and HDLC-frame buffering * 256-byte FIFO per direction for host interface communication * 8 Kbyte external SRAM interface for V.32bis support Applications * * * * * * * ISDN PC Card /Standalone Box ISDN Data Terminals Modem Radio in the Loop Digital Terminal Manufacturers Computer Manufacturers Modem Producers IOM(R)-2 / PCM Bus Time-slot Assign Time-slot Assign Pump Pump Fax Data TransDTM V.110 Modem Modem parent Gen / Det Buffer 1 Transparent SART SART ASYNC HDLC V.110 TIC Bus Binar ASYNC HDLC Binar Buffer 2 HDLC C/ITest Monitor Code DiagnoHandler Handler sis Buffer 3 Buffer 0 Mailbox Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Host 73 ITB08608 ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit (ITAC(R)) PSB 2110 General Device Overview Type Package The ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit interfaces standard terminals and PCs to a circuit switched data network or an ISDN. It supports both bitstuffing (V.110) and flag-stuffing (V.120) adaption protocols. The on-chip communication controllers handle signaling between data equipment and the network. PSB 2110-H P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) PSB 2110-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PSB 2110-P P-DIP-40-1 Applications * Support of async and sync interfaces (X.21, X.21 bis V.24, RS232C, V.35) * Modem control lines * Programmable baud rates * Bit rate adaption according to X.30, V.110, ECMA.102 * USART and HDLC controller to support V.120 and DMI applications * In-band parameter exchange and signaling support * Supports SSI- and IOM-2 interface for basic rate applications * IOM-2 MONITOR channel controller * Siemens/Intel multiplexed microprocessor interface * Power-down (standby) mode Features * Voice/Data Terminals * ISDN PC Cards * ISDN Terminal Adapters User Rate TxD RxD S DTR / C DCD / I RTS CTS DSR M1 M2 M3 MO1 MO2 Intermediate Rate Async Sync Converter ASC DCE Interface Intermediate Rate Converter IRC Bearer Rate Converter BRC Synchronous Network Interface SNI IOM (R) -2 Handler FSC Status and Configuration Register Data Path & Clock Multiplexer DPLL Intermediate Counter USAR USAT HDLCR HDLCT FIFO 9 Byte FIFO 9 Byte FIFO 9 Byte FIFO 9 Byte Siemens Aktiengesellschaft AD0 - 7 RD User Rate CS WR 74 XTAL1 Clock Network Generation Microcomputer / DMA Interface Block Diagram SDX / DU SDR / DD CLK / DCL ALE RST DACKO DACKI DMOR DMIR EODR XTAL2 10.752 MHz ITB02593 High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (HSCX-TE) PSB 21525 General Description Type Package The HSCX-TE is an optimized terminal version of the HSCX (SAB 82525). The HSCX-TE has been designed to implement high-speed communication links using HDLC protocols and to reduce the hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous communications. PSB 21525-H P-MQFP-44-2 (SMD) PSB 21525-N P-LCC-44-2 (SMD) Features * Optimized solution of HSCX (SAB ) for terminal equipment Non-auto mode and transparent mode (no auto-mode) Clock mode 5 only Transfer of data blocks from/to system memory by interrupt request (no DMA mode) * Two independent full-duplex HDLC channels * Independent time-slot length (1-256 bit) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without HDLC framing * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode * 64-byte FIFOs per channel and direction * 8-bit demultiplexed or multiplexed bus interface Applications * ISDN PC Card/Standalone Box * ISDN Data Terminal Channel A SP-REG Decoder DDA DUA RTSA CTSA A0- A6 D0- D7 Transmit FIFO RD / IC1 Receive FIFO WR / IC0 CS P Bus Interface Data Link Controller TSA BCLA FSCA STBA ALE / IM0 STBB FSCB BCLB CTSB RTSB DUB DDB INT RES IM1 Channel B Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 75 ITB07459 Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (JADE) PSB 7280 General Description Type Package The PSB 7280 is a device which implements voice compression algorithms defined in the ITU-TS G.711, G.722 and the G.728 Recommendation. It fits best into every application where audicompression is needed. PSB 7280-H P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) Features * G.711/G.722/G.728 compression/decompression for one audio channel * Programmable G.711/G.722/G.728 modes with mixed modes of operation (e.g. G.722 in receive and G.728 in transmit direction) * A/-Law recognition in G.711 mode (according to G.725 Appendix I) * Fax modem signal recognition * Accepts/outputs uncompressed audio in 8-bit PCM A/-Law, or linear 16-bit format * Serial H.221 oriented audio protocol for direct connection to Videocodec (VCP of IIT Inc.) * Two universal serial HDLC/transparent data controllers * Programmable on-chip PLL for internal clock generation from ISDN low frequency clock * All program and data memory on chip * Flexible interfaces (e.g. IOM-2, serial audio interface, parallel 8-bit host interface, external memory interface) * Supply voltage: 3.0 to 3.6 V * 0.5-m CMOS technology Applications * * * * * * ISDN videophones Video conference systems Corporate networks voice concentrators and gateways Data-over-voice and voice-over-data terminals Networks (e.g. LANs) for packetized voice Digital Added Main-Line (DAML) & Digital Circuit Multiplication (DCME) equipment * Voice storage e.g. in PC based applications Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 76 Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (JADE) PSB 7280 SIO AD(0:7) RD WR CS ALE RDY INTR INT Reset EA Parallel Host Interface Audio SCLK SR ST Rec 1 Serial Audio I/F RFS DD HDLC 1 Trm 1 Rec 2 Trm 2 2x TFS Mailbox 256 Bytes HDLC 2 IOM (R) / PCM DU DCL FSC Mon, C / I Control Config / Control Register 16 KW Prog ROM DSP Core CM 0,1 Timers 3 KW Data X-ROM 1 KW Data X-RAM 2 KW Data 1 KW Data Y-RAM Y-RAM CLKO BRG Clock Gen / PLL External Memory Interface XTAL 1 XTAL 2 V REF RADJ CA(0:15) CD(0:15) CRD CWR CPS CDS Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 77 TCLK TMS TDI TDO ITB06115 Digital Exchange System ICs Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter SLICOFI(R); PEB 3065 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 79 Digital Exchange System ICs Positioning of the described products in different kinds of applications/segments: Type Analog Line Card PIC EPIC(R)-S EPIC(R)-1 ELIC(R) SICOFl(R) SICOFI(R)-2 SICOFI(R)-4 SICOFI(R)-4C ICC IDEC(R) SBC SBCX QUAT(R)-S IEC-Q IEC-T Quad IEC DFE-T Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q IBC OCTAT(R)-P IEPC ACFA IPAT(R)-2 PRISM FALCTM54 ARCOFI(R) ARCOFI(R)-SP ITAC(R) IRPC GPPC ISAC(R)-S ISAC(R)-P SLICOFI(R) HV-SLIC PRACT HSCX ESCC2 ESCC8 * * * * * * * * Digital Line Card Digital Primary Added Main Rate Line (DAML) Interface (PRI) Data Over Voice (DOV) Network Termination Remote Power Termination (NT/RP) Trunk Units * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = Main application = Optional * Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 80 * * * * Digital Exchange System ICs General Overview on Architecture and Devices t/r Subscriber Units Switching Systems Analog Line Cards DAML t / r DAML-RT DAML-COT t / r U t/r t/r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) SLIC HV-SLIC HSCX MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) Digital Line Cards DOV U t/r t/r S/T HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 U U (Primary Rate) S NT RPT Group Processors Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 81 Analog Line Cards Product Overview Type Short Title Description Page PEB 2052 PEB 2054 PIC PCM Interface Controller 89 EPIC(R)-S Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small 90 (R) PEB 2055 EPIC -1 Extended PCM Interface Controller 91 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 HSCX HSCX1 High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 162 PEB 20550 ELIC(R) Extended Line Card Interface Controller 92 PEB 2060 SICOFl(R) Signal Processing Codec Filter 94 PEB 2260 SICOFI(R)-2 Dual Channel Codec Filter 96 (R) PEB 2465 SICOFI -4 Four Channel Codec Filter 97 PEB 2466 SICOFI(R)-4 C Four Channel Codec Filter with C Interface 99 PEB 3065 SLICOFl(R) Signal Processing with integrated low voltage SLIC Codec Filter 100 PEB 4065 HV-SLIC Subscriber Line Interface Circuit (High Voltage Part) 101 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 82 General Exchange Architecture The conventional implementation is also characterized by the fixed adjustment of line interface conditions although telephone line conditions vary considerably with national standards and even with subscriber line installations. Under adverse conditions telecommunication equipment must match the subscriber line and termination impedances while suppressing return echoes in the two to-four-wire hybrid network. Compensating for line attenuation is just as critical for balancing the voice signals in the transmission and reception paths. To improve voice quality, subscriber line boards have to be matched to different line conditions by means of interchangeable discrete components. This approach is very costly regarding line board design and manufacturing. Furthermore, the reliability of a board filled with parts, wires and connections will decrease rapidly. The best solution to eliminate these line card trouble spots is the design of one standard line card, which can be customized for various line conditions and postal specifications through software control. The right choice of dedicate device allows the optimal line card design for each application in public switches, PBX systems as well as in all kinds of multiplexers and concentrators. Analog Line Cards In a digital exchange system the subscriber line boards provide the link between the subscriber and the switching network. The basic functions of analog line boards are known under acronym BORSHT (Battery, Overvoltage, Ringing, Supervision, Hybrid, Testing). Additional important tasks are voice frequency band limitation, analog to digital conversion into time discrete digital equivalents, time-slot assignment on the PCM highways and handling of signaling and control information. The conventional implementation uses two PCM ports and one P interface per subscriber line leading to a large amount of wiring and, thus, problems are as crosstalk and large board size. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 83 General Overview on Architecture and Devices 2 Wires a SLIC b 4 Wires Analog Network Codec / Filter PCM Higway PCM Interface Z, B, R, X, G Problem: Fixed hardware adjustment although line conditions vary considerably ITA00217 General Line Board Structure and Functions General Line Card Function Component Function SLIC (Subscriber line interface circuit) Realization of the BORSHT function B Battery feed O Overvoltage Protection R Ringing S Supervision H Hybrid T Testing Matching of input and line independence Frequency response correction Hybrid balancing Gain adjustment Coding, A/D and D/A conversion according to A-Law and -Law, voice Band limitation according to CCITT and LSSGR Time-slot assignment, PCM-data rate Analog network Z R, X B G CODEC/Filter PCM Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 84 Optimized Line Board Architecture The use of the signal processing codec/filter (SICOFI) avoids the analog network which has to be matched to different requirements by interchanging its discrete components. Based on Digital Signal Processing (DSP) methods the SICOFI allows the complete control of the line conditions by software. The all-over flexibility and programmability of the unique device concept gives the user the capability for designing a standard line card which can be optimized for each application and can be matched to various line conditions. The SLD/IOM-2 architecture leads to a highly modular line board configuration with low wiring, reduced board area, and, dependent on the SLIC being used, very few external discrete components. The Siemens Semiconductor concept is characterized by a centralized PCM interface controller device providing the variable Time-Slot Assignment (TSA), the communication with up to 64 subscriber line devices such as a signal processing codec/filter (SICOFI) or ISDN devices via the SLD (Subscriber Line Data) or IOM-2 (ISDN Oriented Modular) interface, and the interface with a microprocessor. As a characteristic architectural feature, for test, monitoring, and control purposes, the device permits efficient switching of data streams between all these interfaces and, therefore, ensures transparency between the PCM channels and control or signaling data. This opens up attractive possibilities such as common-channel signaling and microprocessor access to PCM data. a SLIC b Any Electronic SLIC or Transformer DSP Codec / Filter Circuit Interface SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 HV-SLIC+SLICOFI (R) SLD SLD IOM (R) -2 IOM (R) -2 IOM (R) -2 PCM Interface Controller Transmit Highway Receive Highway PIC PIC EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) ITA00218 Siemens ICs for Analog Subscriber Lines, Configurations and Interfaces Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 85 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface Channel A and B are 64-kbit/s channels reserved for voice or data to be routed to and from the PCM highways. In an application where one SICOFI is connected to a SIP, voice is received on channel A and transmitted on channel A and B. For a three-party conference, channel B is the third-party voice channel. If two SlCOFls are connected to one SIP, channel A is assigned to one and channel B to the other SICOFI. Conferencing is not possible in this configuration. With digital subscriber line devices the two bytes can be used to carry 64-kbit/s data channels. The third and sixth byte locations are used to transmit and receive control information for programming the slave devices. The last byte in each direction is reserved for signaling data. The SLD-bus is used by the PIC (PCM Interface Controller) to interface with the subscriber line devices. A Serial Interface Port (SlP) is used for the transfer of all digital voice and data, feature control and signaling information between the individual subscriber line devices, the PCM highways and the control backplane. The SLD approach provides a common interface for analog or digital per-line components. Through the PIC, which is the key device in the SLD-architecture, the PCM data is transparently switched onto the PCM highways. The PBC (Peripheral Board Controller) will make analog and digital subscriber line boards plug-compatible in a line equipment rack. There are three wires connecting each subscriber line device and the PIC: two common clock signals shared among all devices, and a unique bidirectional data link for each of the eight SIP lines. The Direction signal (DIR) is an 8-kHz clock output from the PIC (master) that serves as a frame sync to the subscriber line devices (slave) as well as a transfer indicator. The data are transferred at a 512-kHz rate, clocked by the Subscriber Clock (SCLK). When DIR is high (first half of the SLD 125 s frame), four bytes of digital data are transmitted on the SLD-bus from the PIC to the slave (receive direction). During the second half of the frame when DIR is low, four bytes of data are transferred from the slave back to the PIC (transmit direction). Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 86 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface Subscriber Subscriber Line Board DIR SICOFI (R) PIC PEB 2052 SCLK PEB 2060 PEB 2260 Backplan EPIC (R)-1 PEB 2055 SIP SLD Bus P 1 Frame (125 s)-512 kbit / s SCLK SIP Transmit (upstream) Receive (downstream) DIR 512 kHz A B FC S A B FC S ITA00538 Frame Structure of the SLD Interface The lOM(R)-Revision-2 (IOM(R)-2) standard defines an industry standard serial bus for interconnecting telecommunication ICs. The standard covers line card, NT1, and terminal architectures for ISDN and analog loop applications. The line-card mode of IOM-2 provides a connection path between line transceivers (ISDN) and codecs (analog), and the line-card controller; the line card controller provides the connection to the switch backbone. The IOM-2 bus time multiplexes data, control, and status information for up to eight ISDN transceivers or up to 16 codec/filters over a single full-duplex interface. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft By providing data, control, and status information over a serial channel, the IOM-2 bus eliminates the need to have a microprocessor interface on the transceiver or codec. This reduces pin count and simplifies line-card layout, thus reducing cost. Information is multiplexed into frames, which are transmitted at an 8-kHz rate. The frames are subdivided into from one to eight subframes, with one subframe being dedicated to each transceiver or pair of codecs. The subframes provide channels for data, programming, and status information for a single transceiver or a codec pair. 87 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface * The fourth octet (control channel) contains - two bits for the 16-kbit/s D-channel - a four-bit command/indication channel, in ISDN applications or a six bit command/indication channel for analog subscriber applications - two bits MR and MX for supporting the monitor channel protocol. The channel structure of the IOM-2 interface is as follows: * The first two octets constitute the two 64-bit/s B-channels. * The third octet is the monitor channel. It is used for the exchange of data between devices using the IOM-2 monitor channel protocol. SICOFI (R) -2 PEB 2260 SICOFI (R) -4 D OUT PEB 2054 ELIC (R) FRAME DCL CLOCK PEB 2465 SLICOFI (R) D OUT PEB 3065 D IN FSC: DCL: DU: DD: CLOCK EPIC (R) -1 PEB 2055 EPIC (R) -S FSC FRAME DU DD PEB 20550 D IN Frame Synchronization Data Clock Data Upstream Data Downstream 125 s FSC 8 kHz DCL 512 or 4096 kHz DU IOM CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH0 DD IOM CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH0 B1 B2 Monitor C/I M M R X ITS02242 Multiplexed Frame Structure of the IOM(R)-2 Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 88 PCM Interface Controller (PIC) PEB 2052 General Description Type Package The PCM Interface Controller (PIC) PEB 2052 is a device for the control of voice, data and signaling paths of up to 16 subscribers on peripheral component boards in digital communication systems. In combination with the highly flexible Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI) PEB 2060/2260 it forms an optimized, analog subscriber line board architecture. Its flexibility enables its operation as a general-purpose controller for data switching and MUX/DEMUX applications. The PIC controls space and time switching functions between subscriber line devices and time division multiplex highways. Furthermore, it controls the flow of information between the subscriber inferface ports and a line card local processor. To meet different requirements the PIC PEB 2052 provides the following interfaces: * Eight serial, bidirectional l/O ports for the transfer of voice, data, control and signaling information between the PBC and codec filters (e.g. SICOFI PEB 2060/2260), digital interface circuits or signal processors. * Double constructed PCM interface for a redundant system configuration with load sharing operation. * Bit-parallel interface for the connection of a standard 8-bit microcomputer such as SAB 8051. PEB 2052-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features * Board controller for up to 16 subscribers of a digital switching system * Suitable for all PCM systems (24/32/48/64 time-slots) according to European and US standards * SLD-bus to peripheral circuits, e.g. codec filter devices or ISDN components * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all connected subscribers * P access to all internal data streams including time-slot oriented data streams * All functions software-programmable via a standard P interface * TTL-compatible inputs and outputs, including clock input * Single + 5 V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology Applications Telecommunication subscriber board interface controller IC for digital exchange PCM systems performing: * digital exchange functions * digital concentrator functions * signaling and interface control functions * multiplex functions 1 0 Subscriber (SLD Bus) Voice / Data Subscriber Interface Buffer PCM Interface Buffer 5 Highway 0 Highway 1 Contr / Data ling / 3 4 V o ic e / Voice Signa 2 D a ta 8 / (16) ol Microprocessor Interface Data Flow within PIC Siemens Aktiengesellschaft D0 - D7 89 ITS00383 Extended PCM Interface Controller - Small (EPIC(R)-S) General Description Information from subscriber lines needs to be transferred to time-slots on system internal PCM communication highways. The EPIC-S concentrates the circuitry necessary to do this interfacing for a large number of transmission lines on a single IC. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat this PCM interface circuitry for every line. Applications of the EPIC-S include communications multiplexers, concentrators, central switches, PBXs, as well as peripheral ISDN and analog line cards. PEB 2054 Type Package PEB 2054-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 2054-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Two serial interfaces: PCM and configurable * Programmable for a wide range of data rates (PCM up to 8 Mbit/s, configurable up to 4 Mbit/s) * Data rates of PCM and configurable interfaces independent of each other (data rate adaption) * Change detection ("last look") logic for C/l or signaling channels * 16-byte FIFO for monitor or feature control channels * Standard P interface with multiplexed address/data bus or separate address and data busses * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 to 85 C (PEF 2054-N) * Pin compatible with PEB 2055 Features * PCM interface controller for up to 16 ISDN or 32 analog subscribers * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all subscribers * Non-blocking switch for 64 channels * Switching of 16-, 32-, 64-kbit/s channels (128 kbit/s via two consecutive 64-kbit/s channels) RES DCL PDC Timing FSC PFS DD0 DU0 Configurable Interface Data Memory DD1 DU1 PCM Interface RxD 0 TxD 0 TSC 0 RxD 1 TxD 1 TSC 1 RxD 2 TxD 2 TSC 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TSC 3 Control Memory Layer-1 Controller Buffer Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft P Interface AD0-AD7 WR RD CS ALE INT 90 ITB05888 Extended PCM Interface Controller (EPIC(R)-1) PEB 2055 General Description Information from subscriber lines needs to be transferred to time-slots on system internal PCM communication highways. The EPIC-1 concentrates the circuitry necessary to do this interfacing for a large number of transmission lines on a single IC. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat this PCM interface circuitry for every line. Since the system cost of the EPIC-1 is divided by the number of lines it controls, powerful and comfortable functions can be economically performed. Type Package PEB 2055-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 2055-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Interfacing with four full-duplex PCM highways (up to 8 Mbit/s) * Data rates of PCM and configurable interfaces independent of each other * Change detection ("last look") logic for C/l or signaling channels * 16-byte FIFO for monitor or feature control channels * Standard P interface with multiplexed or demultiplexed address/data bus or separate address and data busses * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 to 85 C (PEF 2055-N) Features * PCM interface controller for up to 32 ISDN or 64 analog subscribers * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all subscribers * Non-blocking switch for 128 channels * Switching of 16-, 32-, 64-kbit/s channels (128 kbit/s via two consecutive 64 kbit/s channels) * Two serial interfaces: PCM and configurable (IOM-2, IOM-1, SLD, PCM). RES DCL / SCLK PDC Timing FSC / DIR PFS DD0 / SIP0 DU0 / SIP4 DD1 / SIP1 DU1 / SIP5 DD2 / SIP2 DU2 / SIP6 Configurable Interface Data Memory DD3 / SIP3 DU3 / SIP7 PCM Interface RxD 0 TxD 0 TSC 0 RxD 1 TxD 1 TSC 1 RxD 2 TxD 2 TSC 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TSC 3 Control Memory Layer-1 Controller Buffer Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft P Interface AD0-AD7 WR RD CS ALE INT 91 ITB00687 Extended Line Card Controller (ELIC(R)) PEB 20550 General Description Type Package The Extended Line Card Controller (ELIC) PEB 20550-H is a device to allow the control, supervision and processing of voice, data and signaling information. It also provides access for the microcontroller to write/read data to/from the IOM and PCM interfaces and gives control over layer-1 devices. Revolutionary is the multiplexing concept allowing to use only one implemented HDLC controller to process the signaling information for up to 32 digital subscribers. The switching part of the ELIC controls space and times switching functions between subscriber line devices and time division multiplex highways. Furthermore it controls the flow of information between the subscriber interface ports and a processor. For processing signaling information two different HDLC controllers are implemented. The SACCO A is a Serial Access Communication Controller (HDLC) which allows extracting D-Channel information transported on the IOM interface. The data is then passed to the microcontroller. ln the downstream direction, the SACCO A passes data, packed in the HDLC protocol, from the microcontroller to the IOM interface. With 4 IOM interfaces, and 8 digital subscribers possible per interface, former designs needed 32 HDLC controllers (one for the D-channel of every subscriber). The SACCO A of the ELIC can serve all 32 channels in a time-multiplexing manner. This process is controlled by the BUS ARBITER. This part of the ELIC monitors all D-channels of the IOM interface and locks the SACCO A onto one D-channel as soon as the start of a HDLC frame is detected. After the endflag of the HDLC frame has been received, the SACCO A is released again and can lock onto the next D-channel as soon as a new request is detected. During the assignment of the HDLC controller to a certain channel the other subscribers are not allowed to send information on their D-channels. To assure this a blocking mechanism is implemented which indicates to corresponding terminals that they may not use the D-channel. This mechanism works as well for the standard ISDN S0 as for the proprietary UP interface, a two wire ISDN capable interface for PBXs. Any ISDN Telephone can be connected to a PBX because the standard arbitration mechanism is used for blocking the phones. This concept saves the space and the costs of up to 32 HDLC controllers. Due to the bursty characteristic of the signaling data, one HDLC controller is sufficient to process this data flow. For central office applications the ELIC is not recommended when the arbiter is used, as PTTs require transparent D-channels. In this case the SACCO A can be used as an independent HDLC controller. If the design needs higher D-channel data rates additional HDLC controllers (IDEC, PEB 2075) can be connected. This can either be done on the IOM interface and is than fixed for a certain subscriber or via the PCM interface which makes this extra HDLC controller flexibly assignable. PEB 20550-H P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft The SACCO B is a second integrated HDLC controller behaving like an external device. It is mainly intended for signaling information between the line card and the group processor on the main board. This can be done either via a dedicated signaling highway or via the PCM highway. The SACCO B can also be used for music on hold, conferencing access and other features. The HDLC information handling between SACCO A and SACCO B always has to go via a microprocessor. Features * Configurable interface (CFI) programmable for IOM-2, IOM-1, SLD or PCM * Switching between configurable interface (e.g. lOM-2) and PCM ports * Switching of 64 B-channels (32 digital or 64 analog subscribers) without blocking (128 x 128 matrix) * Two HDLC controllers with 64-byte FlFOs implemented * Arbiter logic to use one of the HDLC-controllers time multiplexed for a maximum of 32 digital subscribers * Full-duplex signaling protocols (LAPD or proprietary) * HDLC broadcast messages * DMA access to HDLC data * Boundary scan Application Areas * PBX: - analog line cards - digital line cards * CO: - analog line cards (with disabled arbiter) - digital line cards (with disabled arbiter) Interfaces * 4 configurable interfaces (individually programmable for IOM, SLD, PCM) * 4 PCM interfaces (maximum combined data rate of 8 Mbit/s) * P interface (Siemens/lntel and Motorola interface, multiplexed and demultiplexed address/data bus) * Boundary scan (for on-board tests) * DMA interface 92 DMA Serial Interface DMA Clock / Sync. PEB 20550 Serial Interface Clock / Sync. Extended Line Card Controller PCM Highway 0 Boundary Scan Watchdog Timer SACCO Channel B PCM Highway 1 SACCO Channel A EPIC (R) -1 Powerup Reset Generator PCM Highway 3 D-Channel Arbiter Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 93 CFI-3 Clock / Sync. CFI-2 CFI-1 Clock / Sync. CFI-0 P Interface, Parallel Ports PCM Highway 2 ITS05905 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)) PEB 2060 General Description Type Package The Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI) PEB 2060 is a fully integrated PCM codec (coder-decoder) and transmit/ receive filter produced in advanced CMOS technology for applications in digital exchange telecommunication systems. Based on a digital filter concept the PEB 2060 provides improved transmission performance and high flexibility. It enables the control of the device's analog behavior by digital signal processing, including attractive features such as programmable trans-hybrid balancing, impedance matching, level control and frequency response correction. The device is optimized for working in conjunction with the PCM Interface Controller PEB 2052/55. The analog input signal is A/D converted, digitally filtered and transmitted either PCM-encoded or linear. Antialiasing is done with a 2nd order Sallen-Key Prefilter (PREFI). The A/D Converter (ADC) is a modified slope adaptive interpolative coder with a sampling rate of 128 kHz. Digital downsampling to 8 kHz is done by subsequent decimation filters D1 and D2 together with the PCM bandpass filter (BP). The digital input signal is received PCM encoded or linear, digitally filtered and D/A converted to generate the analog output signal. Digital interpolation up to 128 kHz is done by the PCM lowpass filter (LP) and the interpolation filters l1 and l2. The D/A Converter (DAC) output is fed to the 2nd order Sallen-Key Postfilter (POFI). The high flexibility of the SICOFI is based on a variety of user programmable filter, which are analog gain adjustment AGR and AGX, digital gain adjustment GR and GX, frequency response adjustment R and X, impedance matching filter Z and the trans-hybrid balancing filter B. The SICOFI bridges the gap between analog and digital voice signal transmission in modern telecommunication systems. High performance oversampling Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) provide the conversion accuracy required. An analog antialiasing Prefilter (PREFI) and smoothing Postfilter (POFI) is included. The dedicated on-chip Digital Signal Processor (DSP) handles all the algorithms necessary, e.g. PCM bandpass filtering, sample rate conversion and PCM comparing. The 3-pin serial SLD-Bus interface handles digital voice transmission and SICOFI feature control. Specific filter programming is done by downloading coefficients to the Coefficient RAM (CRAM). The 10-pin parallel signaling interface provides for a powerful per line SLIC control. PEB 2060-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 2060-P P-DIP-22-1 (not for new development) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Single-chip codec and filter * Band limitation according to CClTT and LSSGR recommendations * Digital signal processing techniques * Digital voice transmission - PCM encoded (A-Law or -Law) - linear (16-bit 2s complement) * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - gain - frequency-response correction * Configurable 3-pin serial interface - 512-kHz SLD-Bus (e.g. to PEB 2052/55) - burst mode with bit rates up to 8 MHz * Programmable signaling interface with peripherals (e.g. SLIC) * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable analog gain * Advanced test capabilities - three digital loopback modes - two analog loopback modes - on-chip sinewave generation * No trimming or adjustment * No external components * Variable SICOFI master clock selection * Signaling expansion possible * Prepared for three-party conferencing * Advanced low power CMOS technology 94 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)) PEB 2060 Signaling SA...SD SI SO 4 3 3 DIR A PREFI VIN D Interface SCLK SIP S L D B U S DSP Coeff. RAM D POFI VOUT A ITB00635 Block Diagram VIN AGX PREFI A D D1 + D2 GX BP X Comp SIN SLD Interface Transmit Z B SIP DIR SCLK Receive VOUT POFI AGR D A I2 + I1 GR R Exp ITS00634 Signal Flow Siemens Aktiengesellschaft LP 95 Dual Channel Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-2) PEB 2260 General Description Type Package The Dual Channel Codec Filter PEB 2260 (SICOFI-2) is a fully integrated PCM codec and filter fabricated in low power CMOS technology for applications in digital communication systems. Based on an advanced digital filter concept, the PEB 2260 provides excellent transmission performance and high flexibility. The digital signal processing approach includes attractive programmable features such as trans-hybrid balancing, impedance matching, gain and frequency response correction. The SICOFI-2 can be programmed to communicate either with SLD or with IOM-2 compatible PCM-interface controllers (e.g. PEB 2052/54/55). The device bridges the gap between analog and digital voice signal transmission in modern telecommunication systems. A high performance oversampling Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) provide the conversion accuracy required. Analog antialiasing Prefilters (PREFI) and smoothing Postfilters (POFI) are included. The dedicated on-chip Digital Signal Processor (DSP) handles all the algorithms necessary, e.g. PCM bandpass filtering, sample rate conversion and PCM companding. The SLD/lOM-2 interface handles digital voice transmission, SICOFI-2 feature control and access to the SICOFI-2 signaling pins. Specific filter programming is done by downloading coefficients to the Coefficient RAM (CRAM). PEB 2260-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEF 2260-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) Features * Dual channel single chip codec and filter * Band limitation according to CCITT and LSSGR recommendations * Digital signal processing techniques * PCM encoded digital voice transmission (A-Law or -Law) * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - gain - frequency response correction * SLD- and lOM -2 interface * Programmable signaling interface to peripherals (e.g. SLIC) * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable analog gain * Advanced test capabilities - three digital loopback modes - two analog loopback modes - two programmable tone generators * No trimming or adjustments * No external components * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 2260-N) A VIN A PREFI SLD / IOM (R) -2 Interface D Channel A D VOUT A POFI A DSP A VIN B PREFI D Channel B CRAM D VOUT B POFI A ITB00385 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 96 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4) PEB 2465 General Description Type Package The Signal Processing Codec Filter (PEB 2465-H), SICOFI-4 is the interface between four analog subscribers and the digital switch. The chip combines all the circuitry needed for encoding, decoding and PCM filtering of 4 speech channels on CMOS chip. An integrated digital signal processor (DSP) allows the analog line card to be adapted to the widest variety of national specifications and applications by programming the individual digital filter functions. A wide variety of SLlCs (subscriber line interface circuits) can be employed and simply adapted. The SICOFI-4 can be used in both, PBXs and public switches. The external configuration does not vary - only decoupling capacitors are needed. Widely differing national specifications can be met with a single hardware by just changing the filter coefficients: Signal level, terminating impedance, equivalent impedance, frequency response correction and the required coding procedure (A- or -Law) are simple to program. Siemens provides well proven software for calculating the required coefficients. The SICOFI-4, together with standard SLlCs, also fulfills the new specification for idle channel noise in the out-of band range, already demanded by Japan and Great Britain. A flexible test concept operating at component level as well as at system level is provided to support users in designing and manufacturing their systems. The following test options are integrated into the SICOFI-4: * BIST (built-in self test) in the digital part * Boundary scan as per IEEE 1149.1 * Functional testing with various test loops * Simple stimulation by two built-in DTMF (Dual Tone Multifrequency) tone generators * Function self test using what is known as the "level metering function" with which not only the chip but also the SLIC connected to it can be tested (system test). The powerful, modular IOM-2 interface implemented on the allows minimal wiring to be used on the board and thereby a low-cost design. A suitable controller (e.g. the ELIC, PEB 20550-H) is used to direct the relevant coefficients for filter programming and the required control signals as well as the voice signals to the SICOFI-4. Signals from the SLIC can be issued by the SICOFI-4 to the IOM-2 interface and read out under interrupt control. This significantly reduces the load on the microcontroller. PEB 2465-H P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Codec for four analog subscribers (public switch and PBX) usable towards the trunk and the subscriber * Specification according to relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR * IOM-2 interface * Usable with transformer and electronic SLlCs * DSP technology * Adaption to different country specifications with following programmable filters - AC impedance matching (return loss better than 30 dB) - transhybrid balancing (better than 30 dB) - frequency response - gain (steps of 0.05 dB) * Advanced test capabilities * DTMF generator * Level metering function * Boundary scan * Single 5-V power supply Applications PBXs: * 4 analog lines for subscribers and trunks CO: * Interface for four analog subscribers Interfaces * * * * 97 4 x t/r interface IOM-2 interface Eight l/O signaling pins per channel Boundary scan Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4) PEB 2465 D A Analog IN HW-Filter A HW-Filter D Analog OUT A Analog OUT A D D Analog IN DSP D A A Analog IN Command Indication Command Indication HW-Filter Analog OUT HW-Filter D Signaling D IOM (R) -2 Signaling Signaling Signaling Block Diagram 98 Analog OUT A D IOM (R) -2 Bus Siemens Aktiengesellschaft A Analog IN Command Indication Command Indication ITS05889 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4 C) PEB 2466 General Description The PEB 2466 SICOFI-4 C, is a programmable codec with filter functions for four channels. Due to an advanced digital filter concept based on a DSP, analog line cards can be easily adopted to different country specifications and SLICs. The device can be directly connected to two PCM highways at flexible data rates. The coefficients to modify gain, frequency response, transhybrid loss and impedance matching are calculated via a specific software (QSICOS) and send to the codec, for each channel individually, via the microcontroller interface. Package PEB 2466-H P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) Features * Four channel single chip codec and filter * Specifications according to the relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR recommendations * Programmable digital filters for adapting transmission behaviour according to different country specifications - AC impedance matching - Transhybrid balancing - Frequency response - Gain - a/-Law expansion/compression * Programmable interface to electronic SLICs and transformer solutions * Two flexible programmable PCM interfaces (data rate from 128 kbit/s up to 8192 kbit/s) * Serial microcontroller interface * High analog driver capability (300 , 50 pF) * Very low power dissipation (typ. 35 mW/channel) * Two programmable tone generators (DTMF possible) * Level metering function for testing of analog input signals * 7 SLIC-signaling interfaces per channel (programmable debouncing) * Single power supply of 5 V (allows to get rid of the - 5 V supply) * P-MQFP-64 package Applications * * * * * * . Type Analog line cards for CO and PBXs Fiber to the curb applications Access networks and multiplexers Set-top-boxes PCM4/PCM8 systems Intelligent NTs 4 x Analog I / O SICOFI (R) -4- C 7 x Signaling ch 1 7 x Signaling ch 2 7 x Signaling ch 3 7 x Signaling ch 4 Interrupt Channel 1/2 Interrupt Channel 3/4 C Interface ITB08487 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft PCM Highway A Transmit PCM Highway A Receive PCM Highway B Transmit PCM Highway B Receive 99 Kit (HV-SLIC and SLICOFI(R)) PEB 3065 PEB 4065 PEB 3065 (SLICOFI(R)) General Description Type Package The Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter SLICOFI is a logic continuation of the well established family of the Siemens DSP Codec-Filter ICs with the vertical integration of all DC-feeding, supervision and PL meterpulse injection features on-chip as well. Fabricated in a standard 1 m BiCMOS technology the SLICOFI is tailored for very flexible solutions in digital communication systems. For the first time the SLICOFI uses the benefits of a DSP not only for the voice channel but even for line feeding and supervision which leads to a very high flexibility without the need for external components. Based on an advanced digital filter concept, the PEB 3065 provides excellent transmission performance. The new filter concept leads to a maximum of independence between the different filter blocks. Each filter block can be seen as a one to one representative of the corresponding network element. Together with the software package SLICOS, filter optimizing to different applications can be done in a clear and straight forward procedure. The AC frequency behaviour is mainly determined by the digital filters. Using the new oversampling 1-bit -AD/DA converter, linearity is only limited by second order parasitic effects. The new - digital - solution of line feeding offers free programmability of feeding current and voltage as well as very fast settling of the DC operating point after transitions. A 0.4-Hz lowpass filter in the DC loop is mainly responsible for the system stability. Additionally telefax generation and filtering is implemented as well as free programmable (balanced) ring generation with zero crossing injection. Offhook detection with programmable thresholds is possible in all operating modes. To reduce overall power consumption of the line card, the SLICOFI provides a special mode called Power Denial where offhook is done via two high voltage inputs (VLINE) directly connected to the line since the HV-SLIC is switched off. PEB 3065-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 3065-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft PEB 3065 (SLICOFI(R)) Features * Single chip CODEC and FILTER including all LOW VOLTAGE SLIC functions * Only few external components required * No trimming or adjustments required * Specification according to relevant CCITT, LSSGR and DBP recommendations * Digital signal processing technique * Advanced low power 1 m BiCMOS technology * PCM encoded digital voice transmission (A-Law or -Law) * Four pin serial IOM-2 interface * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - frequency response - gain * Advanced test capabilities - integrated line and circuit tests - 6 digital loops - 5 analog loops - two programmable tone generators * Optimized HV-SLIC interface * Fully digital programmable DC characteristic - programmable constant current from 0 - 70 mA - programmable resistive values from 0 - 2 x 500 * Programmable integrated Teletax injection and filtering during conversation and onhook - programmable up to 125 mVrms (5 Vrms at a/b wire) programmable frequency 12/16 kHz * Polarity reversal (programmable soft or hard) * Integrated (balanced) ringing generation with zero crossing injection - programmable frequency between 16.6 and 70 Hz - Programmable amplitude up to 2.125 Vrms (85 Vrms at a/b wire) * Four operating modes: power-denial, power-down, active and ringing * Offhook detection with programmable thresholds for all operating modes * Integrated ring trip detection with zero crossing turn off function * Ground start and loop start possible * Integrated checksum calculation for CRAM * Line card identification * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 3065-N) 100 U/T (HV-SLIC and SLICOFI(R)) PEB 3065 PEB 4065 PEB 4065 (HV-SLIC) General Description Type Package The High Voltage Subscriber Line IC PEB 4065 is a rugged and reliable interface between the telephone line and the SLICOFI, a low voltage Subscriber Line Interface and Codec Filter IC. The PEB 4065 is fabricated in a Smart Power Technology offering a breakthrough voltage of at least 170 V. The PEB 4065 provides battery feeding between - 24 V and - 80 V and internal ringing injection with a differential ring voltage up to 85 Vrms. In order to achieve these high amplitudes an auxiliary positive battery voltage is used during ringing. This voltage can also be applied in order to drive very long telephone lines. The HV-SLIC is designed for a voltage feeding current sensing line interface concept and provides sensing of transversal and longitudinal current on both wires. There is a power-down mode reducing power consumption while providing all supervision functions and a power-denial mode where the device is switched off turning the line outputs to a high impedance state. PEB 4065-T P-DSO-20-5 (SMD) PEF 4065-T P-DSO-20-5 (SMD) Customer Line PEB 4065 (HV-SLIC) Features * * * * * * High voltage line feeding Internal ring and metering signal injection Sensing of transversal and longitudinal line current Reliable 170 V Smart Power Technology Battery voltage - 24 V...- 80 V Boosted battery mode for long telephone Iines and up to 85 Vrms balanced ringing * Polarity reversal * Small P-DSO-20-5 power package * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 4065-T) Central Office SLICOFI TM PEB 3065 170 V HV-SLIC PEB 4065 5 V Hybrid for Telefax Filter SICOFI (R) LV-SLIC IOM (R) -2 Hybrid for External Indication ITS05982 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 101 Digital Line Cards ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit IEC-Q; PEB 2091 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 103 Digital Line Cards Product Overview Type Short Title Function Page PEB 2026 PEF 2026 IHPC ISDN High Voltage Power Controller 106 PEB 2070 ICC ISDN Communications Controller 107 (R) PEB 2075 IDEC ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (4 channel) 109 PEB 2080 SBC S-Bus Interface Circuit 110 PEB 2081 SBCX S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended 111 PEB 2084 QUAT(R)-S Quadruple Transceiver for S/T Interfaces 112 PEB 2091 IEC-Q ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (2B1Q-line code) 113 PEB 20901 PEB 20902 IEC-T ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (4B3T-line code) 114 PEB 24901 Quad IEC DFE-T Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (4B3T) 116 PEB 24902 PEF 24902 Quad IEC AFE Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End 117 PEB 24911 PEF 24911 Quad IEC DFE-Q Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (2B1Q) 118 PEB 2095 IBC ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit 119 (R) PEB 2096 OCTAT -P Octal Transceiver for UPN interfaces 120 PEB 2025 IEPC ISDN Exchange Power Controller 121 PEB 20560 DOC DSP Oriented PBX Controller 122 Extended PCM Interface Controller 90 PEB 2054 (R) EPIC -1 (R) PEB 2055 EPIC -S Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small 91 PEB 20550 ELIC(R) Extended Line Card Interface Controller 92 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 HSCX HSCX1 High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 162 PEB 2085 PEB 2086 ISAC(R)-S ISDN Subscriber Access Controller 61 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 104 Digital Exchange Systems General Overview on Architecture and Devices t/r Subscriber Units Switching Systems Analog Line Cards DAML t / r DAML-RT DAML-COT t / r U t/r t/r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) SLIC HV-SLIC HSCX MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) Digital Line Cards DOV U t/r t/r S/T HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 U U (Primary Rate) S NT RPT Group Processors Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 105 ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (IHPC) PEB 2026 General Description Type Package The IHPC is an integrated power controller especially designed for feeding two-wire ISDN-transmission lines. One line can be powered by one IHPC. An external resistor defines the value of the current-limit for the line. Powering can be switched on or off by the logic inputs "PFEN" and "PFENQ". With a logic low at the "APFI" output the IHPC signals that current-limiting is active; this signal is low-pass filtered. An external capacitor defines the corner frequency of this low-pass filter and the resulting delay time respectively. A second external capacitor is needed to make sure that longitudinal disturbance (AC) will not produce a current limiting effect. Line current-limiting and reducing this limiting level in case of overtemperature guards the IHPC against overloads. PEB 2026T-P P-DSO-20-10 (SMD) PEB 2026T-S P-DSO-20-6 (SMD) PEF 2026T-P P-DSO-20-10 (SMD) PEF 2026T-S P-DSO-20-6 (SMD) + V DD Features * * * * Battery voltage up to 130 V Supplies power for one transmission line Current limiting and chip temperature control Limiting current can be programmed by an external resistor * Automatically reduced feeding current in case of overtemperature * Reliable 170 V Smart Power Technology (SPT 170) * Small P-DSO-20 package CP CN GND B 5 V REF C HP I AC I-SENS PFEN GND D CTP Bandgap I REF RB 1 REF C TP I TH=PROT TI TH-PROT PFENQ TP APFI TL RA DP I Limit + OP 4 4 k V BAT ITB07375 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 106 ISDN Layer-2 Protocol Controllers PEB 2070 ISDN Communications Controller (ICC) General Description While the IOM structure supports high flexibility with respect to layer-1 of data transmission, the ISDN communications controller can be used in all applications for link access protocol control. This is of great importance regarding production volume, software continuity and engineering effort necessary for the use of the complex circuit. For further reduction of software, high-level layer-2 support has been a main target of circuit definition. D-channel protocol handling is the main task of the ICC. Its characteristic features are determined by an on-chip LAPD controller and a sophisticated FlFO-structure. The LAPD controller performs multiframe operation largely autonomously with a window size of 1. All S- and l-frames, including the address and control fields, are evaluated in the ICC. Depending on the status of the controller, positive or negative acknowledgements are generated without interrupting the CPU. When the procedure is terminated, an interrupt status is generated to inform the CPU of the status of the procedure. To enable the ICC device to be used in complex protocol applications with window size of up to 7, a transparent mode is implemented. In this mode the layer-2 headers are transferred transparently to the CPU. The synchronization of the 16-kbit/s D-channel with the CPUbus is performed by buffers with a capacity of 64 bytes per direction. Sophisticated buffer controllers allow overlapping input/output operation, which ensures that the maximum packet length is not limited by the buffer size. This feature greatly reduces the dynamic load of the microprocessor system. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Type Package PEB 2070-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 2070-P P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) PEF 2070-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) Features * High-level support of LAPD-protocol * FlFO-buffer (64 bytes per direction) for efficient transfer of D-channel messages * IOM interface compatible (IOM-1 or IOM-2) * Standard parallel microprocessor interface * Support of activation/deactivation procedure * Variety of operating modes * P access to B-channels and IOM-intercommunication channels * Control of peripheral devices via IOM Monitor and C/lchannel protocols * 2-m CMOS technology and low power consumption: Standby: 2 mW Active: 4 mW at 512 kHz 107 ISDN Communications Controller (ICC) PEB 2070 DCL FSC Timing Unit IDP0 IOM (R) IDP1 (Serial Port B) B-Channel Switching SSI (Serial Port A) SLD HDLC Receiver HDLC Transmitter SDAR SDAX / SDS1 SCA / FSD / SDS2 SIP / EAW LAPD Controller Status / Command Registers R-FIFO 2 x 32 byte RES V SS X-FIFO 2 x 32 byte FIFO Controller P-Interface V DD AD0 - AD7 (D0 - D7) (A0 - A5) RD (DS) WR (R / W) ITB00704 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ALE 108 ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (IDEC(R)) PEB 2075 General Description With the IOM-2 interface, designers have more flexibility with respect to handling of D-channel information. Layer-1 transceivers are connected over the IOM-2 interface directly to either the PEB 2055 (EPIC-1) or the PEB 2054 (EPIC-S). These devices are capable of switching not only the B-channels but also the D-channel. Thus, the designer can decide whether he wants to process D-channel signaling information decentralized, on the line card, or pass it through to be processed centrally. The IDEC has been optimized for processing the D-channel signaling information on digital exchange line cards. Four independent HDLC controllers have been implemented on a single IC. Thus, one IDEC can handle the D-channels of up to four subscriber lines. The IDEC is based on the same core architecture as the PEB 2070 ICC, but has been optimized for exchange line cards and then repeated four times. CDR SD0X SD0R Type Package PEB 2075-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 2075-P P-DIP-28-1 (not for new designs) PEF 2075-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * * Four independent HDLC channels 64-byte FIFO buffering per channel and direction Handling of basic HDLC functions Single or quad connection to serial transmission lines IOM- or PCM interfaces Programmable time-slots and channel data rates (up to 4 Mbit/s) * Collision detection and resolution circuitry for shared time-slots * 8-bit parallel P interface with vector interrupt * Advanced low power CMOS technology: 50 mW SD1X SD1R SD2X SD2R SD3X SD3R Serial Interface Logic DCL FSC TSC Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO Microcontroller Interface 8 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft INT AD0 - AD7 ITB00728 RD WR 109 CS ALE RES ISDN Layer-1 Transceivers PEB 2080 S-Bus Interface Circuit (SBC) General Description The four-wire S-interface between subscriber terminals and network termination has been standardized by CCITT recommendation I.430. Making use of a passive bus which provides separate receiver and transmit loops operating at 192-kbit/s, up to eight terminals can be connected to the network termination. In case more than one terminal want to access the bus at the same time, a procedure is provided for resolving the collision problem. Since all layer-1 functions such as frame structure, data rate, power feeding, transceiver characteristics, activation/deactivation and subscriber access procedure are well defined, the S-bus can be considered an important tool for standardization of data communication equipment. It supports connections with a maximum length of 1 km in a point to-point and 150 m in a point-to-multipoint bus configuration. The SBC is designed to meet all CClTT requirements, and, moreover, implements additional features necessary in specific applications. The device contains the transceiver function, timing recovery for the different modes of operation, circuitry for the collision resolution function and a state control block to handle the activation/deactivation procedures autonomously without the support of a microprocessor. A flexible buffer structure performs the frame-alignment function in PBX-trunk applications, where the system clock deviates from the central office clock derived from the line. Matching of the actual line attenuation is supported by receiver circuitry which contains adaptively adjustable thresholds. Type Package PEB 2080-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 2080-P P-DIP-22-1 (not for new designs) PEF 2080-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) Not for new development. For new development use the SBCX (PEB 2081) Features * S-bus transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Recovery of clock and frame signals in different modes of application. * Frame alignment for trunk module application * IOM interface compatible (IOM-1) * Handling of command/indication information during the activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Control of bus access by echo-bit handling * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment * 2-m CMOS technology and low power consumption: Standby: 4 mW Active: max. 60 mW at 512 kHz R REF SX1 SX2 AMI Buffer BIN SDI D-CH Control SY1 SY2 Mode AMI BIN Buffer TCLK RCLK PLL 4 SDO Special Purpose DCL FSC CP ITB03957 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 3 110 S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SBCX) PEB 2081 General Description Type Package The PEB 2081 S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SBCX) implements the four-wire S/T interface used to link voice/data ISDN terminals, network terminators (NT) and PBX-trunk lines to a Central Office exchange. The components switches B- and D-channels between the S/T and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN-basic access. The SBCX exceeds both the electrical and functional requirements of the S/T interface in order to provide high flexibility to the user. PEB 2081-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * Applications * * * * * Network terminators (NT and NT2) S0 multiplexer cards S0 line cards for ISDN-trunk lines Voice/Data Terminals, ISDN-PC Cards * * * * * * 1-channel S/T transceiver Full duplex 2+D S/T transceiver according to CCITT I.430 Extended loop length up to 2 km Activation and deactivation procedures according to CCITT I.430 Fully compliant NT2 trunk mode including multipoint operation Frame alignment with absorption of phase wander in NT2 network side applications Receive timing recovery for point-to-point, passive bus and extended passive bus configuration Access to S- and Q-bits of S/T interface (S1-, S2- and Q-channel) D-channel access control also in trunk applications Execution of test loops Conversion of frame structure between S/T interface and IOM-2 Advanced CMOS technology with low power consumption (standby < 6 mW, active 80 mW) FSC DCL SX 1 SX 2 Transmit Buffer IOM (R) Interface Logic Activation Control D-Channel Control SR 1 Receive Buffer SR 2 IPD 1 IPD 0 E/Q Bit Handler DPLL ITB03958 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 111 Quadruple S/T-Transceiver (QUAT(R)-S) General Description The PEB 2084, QUAT-S, implements 4 x four-wire S/T interfaces used to link ISDN terminals to PBXs or PBX to NTs. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S/T and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDNbasic access. Each of the four S/T-channels implemented in the device can be individually assigned for S0- or T interface. Applications * * * * Digital line cards for ISDN subscribers Digital line cards for ISDN-trunk lines Multiplexers Set-top-boxes R0 T0 R1 T1 R2 T2 R3 T3 PEB 2084 Type Package PEB 2084-H P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) Features * 4-channel S/T transceiver * Full duplex 2B+D S/T transceiver according to CCITT I.430, ETSI 300.012 and ANSI T1.605 * Receive timing recovery according to selected operating mode * Conversion of frame structure between S/T interface and IOM-2 * Access to S- and Q-bits of S/T interface * Execution of test loops * Support of star configurations (external common echo bit) * Support of D-channel collision resolution in trunk mode * Full support of arbiter concept of the ELIC (PEB 20550) * Support of synchronization of cordless applications * Low power consumption (< 100 mW) * Loop length > 1.5 km * JTAG-boundary scan test interface * P-MQFP-44 package S/T Transceiver 0 Clock Generator CLK 1 / IDS S/T Transceiver 1 IOM (R) -2 Interface FSC DCL IDI IDO S/T Transceiver 2 CLK 2 CEB / SSYNC DRDY ICS S/T Transceiver 3 JTAG ITB08490 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 112 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-Q) PEB 2091 General Description The PEB 2091, IEC-Q, is a single chip full-duplex U-transceiver device meeting the latest American- (ANSI) and European (ETSI) specifications. It is based on a coding scheme reducing two binary information into a single quaternary code. This coding requires a reduced transmission rate of only 80 kbaud on a twisted copper pair, minimizing signal attenuation and guaranteeing the highest transmission rate of all defined U-interface standards. The PEB 2091 was defined to operate in all ISDN (Line cards, Network Terminators, Terminals, PBXs and Repeaters) and non-lSDN (DAML) applications. Features * Full-duplex two-wire U-transceiver meeting the following layer-1 specifications: ANSI T1.601-1991 CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822 ETSI DTR/TM 3002 Recommendation CCITT, G961 * 144-kbit/s user bit rate (2B+D) * 160-kbit/s total bit rate including maintenance and synchronization * Low transmission frequency of 80 kbaud by using the 2B1Q-block line code * IOM interface compatible * Adaptive echo cancellation and equalization using digital filtering AIN A BIN D Level Detect Type Package PEB 2091-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 2091-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from * the data stream * Handling of command/indication information during activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment (LT, NT, TE, Repeater) * Transmission range of 5.5 km (18 kft) with 0.4 mm (26 AWG) wire * U-only activation * Power feeding control * Repeater mode * Echo overload compensation to match ETSI and ANSI test loops * Dynamic phase adaptation * 1-m CMOS technology standby: 70 mW active: 350 mW U-Interface Receive Formatter Adaptive Amplifier, Equatizer & Echo Canceller 2B + D FSC IOM (R) Interface U-Interface Receive Formatter XTAL1 Oscillator XTAL2 PLL AOUT A IEC-Q Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft DOUT DIN Timing Recovery & Generator D BOUT DCL 113 Mode Control Microprocessor Interface PMODE MPU Interface or Mode Select ITB03960 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-T) General Description The most challenging requirement in ISDN is full-duplex transmission at a data rate of 144 kbit/s over the existing twisted-pair telephone cables (U-interface). Among several approaches for solving this problem, ping-pong timecompression multiplexing and echo cancellation have been proposed as most suitable for VLSI implementation. Moreover, echo cancellation has proven to be the best method for public lines which typically reach lengths in the range of 8 km. After a careful study of different transmission codes, a 4B3T block code was chosen for the IEC-T which make use of ternary coding of the binary information. A particular advantage of this code is its low frequency, DC-free performance spectrum with its energy peak at about 40 kHz. In this context, for a bit rate of 160 kbit/s the required baud rate is as low as 120 kHz. As a result transmission systems benefit from, low line attenuation low crosstalk distortion and high possible signal levels without causing EMI-problems. The IEC-T is offered as a two chip solution consisting of: * Digital part, called PEB 20901 * Analog part, called PEB 20902 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft PEB 20901 PEB 20902 Type Package PEB 20901-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 20901-P P-DIP-40-1 (not for new designs) PEF 20902-N P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) PEB 20902-P P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) PEF 20901-N P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) PEF 20902-N P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) Features * Full-duplex two-wire U-transceiver * 144-kbit/s user bit rate (2B+D) * 160-kbit/s total bit rate including maintenance and synchronization * Low transmission frequency of 120 kbaud by using the 4B3T-ternary block code * Adaptive echo cancellation and equalization using digital filtering (DSP) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from the data stream * IOM-1 interface compatible * Transmission range up to 8 km with 0.6-mm wires * Handling of command/indication information during activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment * 2-m CMOS technology for PEB 20902, 1- technology for PEB 20901 * 320-mW power consumption * Repeater mode with no external devices 114 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-T) B+B+D 144 kbit / s Scrambler Coder MM 943 PEB 20901 PEB 20902 Pulse / Shaping D/A Post Filter Frame MUX M Barker Code, Syn Word Gen. Awake Unit 7.5 kHz Control SDI U k0 SDO CLK IOM (R) Interface Unit Timing Gen. Timing Recovety Coeff. Adapter Echo Canceller Hybrid Coeff. Read TMS M Coeff. Adapter Code Error B+B+D 144 kbit / s Decoder Descrambler DEMUX Equalizer Receiver Detector Dig. AGC Dig. Add. Dig. BP A D ITB03959 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 115 4 Channel ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-T) PEB 24901 Advanced Information General Description The PEB 24901 4 Channel ISDN Echocancellation Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-T) is the digital part of an optimized ISDN 4B3T U-interface line card chip set. It features 4 independent digital signal processors providing, in conjunction with the PEB 24902 ISDN Quad Analog Front End (Quad IEC AFE), full duplex data transmission at the Uk0-reference point according to FTZ Guideline 1TR 220, ETSI ETR80 and CCITT I.430 standards. The PEB 24901/ 24902 chip set is based on the PEB 20901/20902 IEC-T ISDN U-transceiver chip set. The PEB 24901 comes in a P-MQFP-64 package. * Full duplex transmission and reception of the Uk0-interface signals according to the FTZ Guideline 1 TR 220 of the Deutsche Bundespost Telekom (DBPT). - 144-kbit/s user bit rate over standard local telephone loops - 1-kbit/s maintenance channel for transmission of data loop back commands and detected transmission errors - 4B3T-ternary block code (subscriber line symbol rate 120 kbaud) - Monitoring of transmission errors - Subscriber loop length without repeater: up to 4.2 km on 0.4 mm wire up to 8.0 km on 0.6 mm wire * Adaptive echo-cancellation * Adaptive equalization * Automatic polarity adaption DIN 4 U - Interfaces TDI TDO TMS TCK TDI TDO TMS TCK JTAG - Boundary Scan DOUT DCL Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Clock recovery (frame and bit synchronization) * Transposition of ternary to binary data and vice versa (coding, decoding, scrambling, descrambling, phase adaption) * Built-in wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Acvtivation and deactivation procedure according to CCITT I.430 and to FTZ Guideline 1 TR 210 of the DBPT * Optimized for working in conjunction with telecom ICs as the IDEC (PEB 2075), EPIC (PEB 2055) and ELIC (PEB 20550) via IOM-2 interface * Data speed conversion between the Uk0 frames and the IOM-2 frames. Absorption of received phase-wander of up to 18 s peak-to-peak (CCITT Rec. Q.512) * Handling of commands and indications contained in the IOM-2 C/I-channel for activation, deactivation, supervision of power supply unit and equipment for wire testing * IOM-2 system interface * Data availability via the Monitor channel: - Accumulated RDS-transmission errors for the whole Uk0 link - Echo canceller coefficients and status values, which can be used to indicate the state of the Uk0 interface * Switching of an analog test loop at the Uk0 interface for testing (loop in LT) * Remote control of test loop switching via maintenance channel * 4 relay driver pins per port addressable by Monitor command * 2 status pin per port reporting to the Monitor channel * JTAG-boundary scan path Features IOM (R) - 2 Type PEB 24901 SDX HYBRID SDR PEB 24901 Quad IEC DFE - T 15.36 MHz PEB 24901 Quad IEC AFE HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID PDM 0 ... 3 FSC 15.36 MHz ITL08609 Four Channel LT Application Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 116 Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (Quad IEC AFE) Advanced Information PEB 24902 Type Package General Description PEB 24902 P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) The PEB 24902 Quad IEC AFE (Quadruple ISDN Echocancellation Circuit Analog Front End) is part of a 2B1Q or 4B3T ISDN U-transceiver chip set. Up to four lines can be accessed simultaneously by the Quad IEC AFE. The Quad IEC AFE is optimized to work in conjunction with the PEB 24901 Quad IEC DFE-T and the PEB 24911 Quad IEC DFE-Q. An integrated PLL synchronizes the 15.36-MHz master clock onto the 8-kHz or 2048-kHz PTT clock. This specification describes the functionallity for 2B1Q and 4B3T interfaces. PEF 24902 P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) DFE Interface Digital Interface Features * * * * * * * * * D A Digital to analog conversion (transmit pulse) Output buffering Analog to digital conversion Detection of signal on the line Master clock generation by PLL P-MQFP-64 package Compliant to ANSI T1.601 (1992), ETSI ETR 080 (1995) JTAG-boundary scan path compliant to IEEE 1149.1 Extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C available (PEF 24902) Buffer Trafo Hybrid Analog IN / Out Trafo Hybrid Analog IN / Out A Level D Voltage Reference Common PLL D A Level Buffer A D Voltage Reference ITB07132 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 117 Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-Q) Advanced Information PEB 24911 Type Package General Description PEB 24911 P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) The PEB 24911 Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-Q) is the digital part of an optimized ISDN 2B1Q U-interface line card chip set. It features 4 independent digital signal processors providing, in conjunction with the PEB 24902 ISDN Quad Analog Front End, full duplex data transmission at the Uk0-reference point according to ANSI T1.601, ETSI ETR80, CCITT G.961 and CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822 standards. The PEB 24911/ PEB 24902 chip set is based on the PEB 2091 IEC-Q V4.4 single chip ISDN U-transceiver. The IEC-Q V4.4 is approved by Bellcore. The PEB 24911 comes in a P-MQFP-64 package. PEF 24911 P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) Features * Full duplex transmission and reception at the U-reference point compliant to: ANSI T1.601-1992, CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822, ETSI ETR 080 1993. * Recommendation CCITT, G.961 * 144-kbit/s user bit rate over a two-wire subsriber loop * 2B1Q-block code (2 binary, 1 quaternary) * 80-kHz symbol rate * Activation and deactivation procedure * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through loop #15 of ANSI`s 15 telephone plant test loops * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through #6 of CNET's 6 telephone plant test loops IOM (R) -2 8 U-Interface PDM 0 ... 3 SDX SDR 15.36 MHz JTAGBoundary Scan PEB 24902 IEC QUAD AFE TDI TDO TMS TCK PEB 24911 IEC QUAD DFE-Q TDI TDO TMS TCK HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID TDI TDO TMS TCK 15.36 MHz PEB 24911 IEC QUAD DFE-Q SDX SDR PDM 0 ... 3 TDI TDO TMS TCK DOUT DIN DCL FSC * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through #8 of ETSI's 8 telephone plant test loops * Built-in wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Adaptive echo-cancellation * Adaptive equalization * Automatic polarity adaption * Clock recovery (frame and bit synchronization) in all applications * Automatic gain control * Low power consumption * Extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C available (PEF 24911) * U-interface propagation delay measurement with better than 300-ns resolution * LT-PBX mode allowing D-channel arbitration and synchronization of DECT-base stations * IOM-2 system interface * 4 relay driver pins per port addressable by Monitor command * 2 status pins per port reporting to the Monitor channel * Activation procedure with the 15 s limit disabled to cope with regenerators * JTAG-boundary scan path PEB 24902 IEC QUAD AFE HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID ITS06906 8 Channel LT Application Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 118 ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit (IBC) PEB 2095 General Description Type Package In addition to four-wire S-interface terminals, the IOM architecture also supports two-wire terminals for PBX applications. A survey of PBX-loop conditions demonstrates that typically 95% of the subscriber loops show line lengths below 2 km. Therefore, a more economical solution which is optimized to these shorter loop lengths is required. A time-compression multiplex concept has been chosen which - for separation of direction - divides the framing into a transmit and receive section. Taking synchronization bits and line conditions into account, a clock rate of 384 kbit/s, twice as high as for the S-bus, has been found to be optimal with respect to time compression, interference line attenuation and delay. The transceiver uses AMI coding, scrambling, automatic gain control and f-equalizing to obtain excellent transmission quality. From a system point of view, the lOM-compatible IBC is compatible with the IEC or SBC/SBCX as well as with the EPIC/ELIC and the IDEC on digital line card applications. Similar to the other components, the device is designed in 2m CMOS technology resulting in low power consumption of less than 80 mW in the active state. PEB 2095-N P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) PEB 2095-P P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) Features * Half-duplex burst-mode two-wire transceiver * 144-bit/s user bit rate (B+B+D) * 384-kHz line clock rate including maintenance and synchronization * UP0 interface, industry standard for 2-wire PBXs (AMI-line code) * IOM-interface compatible (IOM-1 or IOM-2) * Adaptive line equalization (SC filter) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from data stream * Activation/deactivation procedure according to CClTT recommendation * Awake in power-down mode * Switching of test loops * Transmission range up to 3.5 km with 0.6-mm wire * 2-m CMOS technology * Low power consumption Active: 80 mW (typ.) Power-down: 6 mW (typ.) Equalization Filter f Decoder B1 B2 AGC DCL FSC DPLL D-Channel Descrambler SDI Equalizer Control Buffer SDO D-Channel Coder B1 U B2 IOM (R) /SLD ITB00815 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Scrambler 119 Octal Transceiver for UPN Interfaces (OCTAT(R)-P) PEB 2096 General Description Type Package The PEB 2096, OCAT-P, performs the layer-1 functions of the ISDN basic access for eight UPN interfaces at the LT side of the PBX. PEB 2096 P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) * Eight full duplex 2B+D UPN-interface transceivers, each equipped with the following functions: - Conversion from/to binary to/from pseudo-ternary code - Receive timing recovery - Activation/deactivation procedures, triggered by primitives received over the IOM interface or by INFO received from the line (e.g. detection of INFO1) - Execution of test loops - Analog line transceiver for up to 16-dB line attenuation - UPN-interface functions compatible to PEB 2095, IBC, and PEB 20950, ISAC-P (except for looplength) - UPN interface fully compatible to PSB 2196, ISAC-P TE, and PSB 2197, SmartLink-P * IOM-2 interface * Support for JTAG-boundary scan test * 1- CMOS technology with low power consumption * P-MQFP-44 package Applications PBXs 8 x UPN interfaces Interfaces SSYNC * IOM-2 interface * 8 x UPN interface * Boundary scan (for on-board tests) TMS TCK TDI TDO RST Features IDS DCL FSC DD DU MODE XTAL1 XTAL2 CLK1 JTAG Boundary Scan Interface XPLL CLK2 384 kHz LI4a LI4b LI5a LI5b LI6a LI6b LI7a LI7b U PN Transceiver No. 4 IOM (R) Interface U PN Transceiver No. 0 U PN Transceiver No. 5 U PN Transceiver No. 1 U PN Transceiver No. 6 U PN Transceiver No. 2 U PN Transceiver No. 7 U PN Transceiver No. 3 LI0a LI0b LI1a LI1b LI2a LI2b LI3a LI3b ITB04458 OCTAT(R)-P Device Architecture Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 120 Subscriber Line Power Feeding PEB 2025 ISDN Exchange Power Controller (IEPC) General Description The PEB 2025 is an integrated power controller especially designed for ISDN environments and for the use in a digital exchange. High-voltage CMOS technology 60 V ensures variety of applications: * Two- and four-wire transmission lines * Point-to-point configurations * Point-to-multipoint configurations The device is fully compatible with the CCITT recommendations for power feed at the S-interface. Each line is individually powered and controlled via a microprocessor interface. An interrupt output pin signals any malfunction to the microprocessor. Programmable output current and thermal shutdown guard the PEB 2025 against overloads. V BAT Type Package PEB 2025-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 2025-P P-DIP-22-1 (not for new designs) Features * Compatible to CCITT recommendations for power feed at the S-interface * Supplies power for up to four transmission lines. Each line is individually powered and controlled * High-voltage CMOS technology (up to 60 V, shiftable) * Maximum output current programmable up to 100 mA * Programmable switch-off characteristic by overcurrent detection * Automatic restart after removal of overload conditions * Status detectors for each line driver * Microprocessor-compatible interface (up to 8-MHz clock frequency) * Interrupt output for detection of any malfunction * Full protection against shorts between transmission lines V CC GND a0 C TO CLC0 aF0 aF1 Control & Logic A CLC1 CLC2 CLC3 A b0 aF2 A aF3 A MUX PInterface RD, WR,CS, A0, A1, RES, INT D0-D2 RIMAX PInterface R ITB03964 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 121 DSP Oriented PBX Controller (DOC) Advanced Information General Description In order to maintain its leading position Siemens is defining a new IC - the DOC - comprising all necessary functional blocks like switching, signaling, DTMF/tone handling and conferencing on a single chip. The transceivers (layer-1 ICs) are not integrated. Features The DOC provides all necessary features for building PBX (Private Branche eXchange) systems and Line Cards. * In the PBX mode, the DOC provides: - 6 fully usable IOM-2 (GCI) interfaces and thus it can control up to 48 ISDN or 96 analog subscribers. - 4 PCM highways with 126 time-slots. * In the Line Card mode, the DOC provides: - 2 fully usable IOM-2 interfaces with 16 IOM-2 subframes (2 x 8) and - 2 limited IOM-2 interfaces, as two DSP ports are connected, and thus it can control 16 to 24 ISDN (or 32 to 48 analog) subscribers. - 4 PCM highways with 256 time-slots. * Signaling via 8 assignable HDLC controllers, each with a 64-byte data FIFO for transmit and for receive direction. - 2 HDLC controllers (SACCO-A) assignable of two of up to 48 ISDN subscribers at a time via two different D-channel arbiters. - 4 HDLC controllers (SIDEC) assignable to any D-/B-channel in data upstream or data downstream direction on four IOM-2 interfaces. - 2 HDLC controllers (SACCO-B) assignable to any timeslot in data upstream or data downstream direction on four IOM-2 interfaces or to PCM highway. Optionally, both controllers can be used as stand alone HDLC controllers with up to 8.192-Mbit/s transfer rate. They support DMA interface. PEB 20560 Type Package PEB 20560 P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) * On-chip user programmable 16-bit Digital Signal Processor, Siemens OAK, (with 20, 30 or up to 40 MIPS) with access to 64 time-slots (via one or two internal IOM-2 interfaces) for DTMF/tone generation and recognition, conferencing, music-on-hold, modem emulation, etc. - 1 K x 16-bit on-chip data memory (X) - 512 x 16-bit on-chip data memory (Y) - DSP proprietary interface to an external memory: Program memory up to 62 K x 16 bit Data memory up to 32 K x 16 bit - On-chip program memory (Boot) * a-/-Law coding and decoding by hardware (on the fly) * Firmware for DSP load measurement (within every 125-s frame) * P-DSP communication via a P-Mail-Box * On-chip emulation (OCEM) for DSP program debugging * 8-bit P interface compatible with Siemens/Intel/Motorola bus schemes * Programmable clock generator with built-in logic for master and slave configurations * Watch-dog timer * Reset logic * UART for V.24 interface * Multifunctional input/ouput port configurable as a general I/O port, DMA lines for one SACCO or as additional UART lines for modem connection * Integrated interrupt controller with vector generation and support for DOC cascading * JTAG interface for on board tests * Interface for HW and SW evaluation (debugging) * Advanced CMOS 0.6-m technology * 3.3 and 5-V power supply * TTL driving capability, TTL and CMOS compatible inputs * P-MQFP-160 package . Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 122 DSP Oriented PBX Controller (DOC) Controller of Layer = 1 ICs: C/I and Monitor Handlers IOM (R) -2 Interface 6 x HDLC Controllers PEB 20560 Switch PCM 192 x 128 Time-Slots or 96 x 256 Time-Slots Interface D-Channel Arbiter and 2 HDLC Controllers Internal DSP Memory DSP for Tone and Voice Management PCM Highways External DSP Memory for Program and Data Clock Generator P-Mail Box JTAG P Interface P Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 123 Interrupt Contr. UART ITB08491 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) ICs Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller PRISM; PEB 3035 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 125 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Product Overview Type Short Title PEB 2035 ACFA Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner 132 PEB 2236 IPAT(R)-2 ISDN Primary Access Controller 134 PEB 3035 PRISM Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller 135 PEB 2254 FALCTM54 Frame and Line Interface Component 136 PEB 22320 PRACT Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component 139 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 HSCX HSCX1 High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 162 SAB 82532 ESCC2 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) 163 SAB 82538 ESCC8 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) 165 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Description Page 126 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) t/r Subscriber Units Switching Systems Analog Line Cards DAML t / r DAML-RT DAML-COT t / r U t/r t/r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) SLIC HV-SLIC HSCX MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) Digital Line Cards DOV U t/r t/r S/T HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 U U (Primary Rate) S NT RPT Group Processors Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 127 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Applications for the Primary Rate Interface include trunk lines between public central office (CO) exchanges, from a PBX to a CO, interlinking PBXs, the gateway connecting a LAN to the public network on a PBX, interlinking LANs, interfacing a large computer or data intensive terminal (e.g. CAD graphics) with the CO or a PBX etc. Due to different technical evolutions in Europe and the US there are two basic interface types for 1st order transmission systems, the T1 and the CEPT or E1 standard. The ISDNPRI is based on these two different standards. The main difference between ISDN-PRI and T1/CEPT transmission systems is the type of signaling used. The T1 standard is based on the PCM24 technique, where twenty-four 64-kbit/s basic channels and one framing bit are combined into one 1.544-Mbit/s frame format. The CEPT standard is based on the PCM30 technique. The 2.048-Mbit/s frame consists of thirty 64-kbit/s basic channels, one 64 kbit/s signaling channel and 64-kbit/s framing and maintenance channel. Siemens Semiconductor Division offers a complete solution of ICs covering different standards and applications. The PEB 2236 IPAT(R)-2 (ISDN Primary Access Transceiver) and the PEB 2035 (Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner) fulfill the T1 and CEPT standards. At the system side the ACFA provides a synchronous PCM interface for connecting to other application specific ICs (e.g. MTSx, HSCX). The IPAT-2, together with the ACFA, implement the layer-1 physical interface. Both devices are programmed via the P interface to perform the different standards, applications and maintenance/ service functions. The IPAT-2 is a monolithic line driver for primary access lines of either the PCM24 (T1, N. America/Japan) or PCM30 (CEPT, W. Europe) standards. In the receive direction, the device recovers the clock and data signals from the line and forwards them to the ACFA. The IPAT-2 is transparent to the received line code. In the transmit direction, the device takes the signal received from the ACFA and forms it into transmission pulses according to CCITT recommendations for the PCM30 or AT&Ts DMI specifications for PCM24. Correspondingly, input/output jitter requirements comply with both CCITT and AT&T specifications. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Frame alignment for all commonly used framing and multiframing formats is performed by the ACFA. The device synchronizes the transmit and receive signals, interfaces the data rate from the line to the 2.048 Mbit/s or 4.096 Mbit/s internal highway and codes/decodes one of three selectable line codes. For PCM24, this transmission code can be either B8ZS or AMI-ZCS whereas for PCM30, it is always HDB3. Alarms and error conditions are reported to the microprocessor via a maskable interrupt line. The ACFA can also be used for various signaling schemes. Rather than using the HSCC/ HSCX, signaling information can be handled by a less intelligent communications controller without programmable time-slot access. For such devices, the ACFA provides the required signaling information via special purpose pins. Additionally, the ACFA has a DMA interface for transferring signaling information to/from a microprocessor controlled memory. Finally, signaling data can be accessed directly via the microprocessor interface. Siemens new generation of Primary Rate Interface component, the PEB 2254 FALC54 (Framing And Line Interface plus signaling Controller), implements the functionality of a line interface, frame aligner and signaling controller for both standards E1 and T1 on a single chip. Applications In general the following applications can be covered: * Synchronous/asynchronous multiplexers * Digital access cross connects * Central offices switches * Remote switches, subscribers loop carriers * LAN, MAN, WAN, Bridges, Routers * FITL * PBX interfaces The following chapter outlines the application of the Primary Rate devices ACFA, FALC54 and I PAT-2 and shows the flexibility of the architecture. In the switching application the Primary Rate Interface is connected to a switching network of a PBX, CO or concentrator. The switching devices MTSL (Memory Time Switch Large), MTSC (Memory Time Switch CMOS) and MTSS (Memory Time Switch Small) perform the switching and data rate adaption. In addition to the switching function the MUSAC (Multipoint Switching and Conferencing) can handle 64-conference channels in any combination. 128 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Line Interface Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Framing Line CEPT 2.048 Mbit / s T1 1.544 Mbit / s Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 ACFA Clock Data P ITA00219 Block Diagram Line CEPT T1 Line Interface Framing 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Signaling Switching Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Conferenenzing Data Rate Adaption Backplane 2.048 Mbit / s 2.048 Mbit / s 8.192 Mbit / s Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 ACFA MTSX MUSAC TM Clock HSCX Data FALCTM 54 P ITA00220 Primary Access Interface with Switch Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 129 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Using the Primary Rate Interface in a MUX (Multiplexer) application, the EPIC (Extended PCM Interface Controller) multiplexes the analog or digital Subscriber line into the PCM highway. The device handles also the control information Line Interface Line CEPT T1 Framing 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s for the IOM interface. The HSCX (High level Serial Communication Controller extended) and the IDEC (ISDN D-channel Exchange Controller) performs the signaling function. Signaling Multiplexing Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Signaling (R) IOM -2 Interface Line Interface U k0 U P0 S0 Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 SBCX IEC IBC EPIC (R) ACFA Clock IDEC (R) HSCX Data (opt.) FALCTM 54 IDEC (R) (opt.) SBCX IEC IBC P ITA00221 Multiplexer for Digital Subscriber with Primary Rate Interface Line CEPT T1 Line Interface Framing 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Signaling Multiplexing Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s CODEC-Filter IOM (R) -2 Interface Analog Line Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 EPIC (R) ACFA SICOFI (R) -2 SLIC SLIC Clock HSCX Data SICOFI (R) -2 SLIC SLIC FALCTM 54 P ITA00222 Multiplexer for Analog Subscriber with Primary Rate Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 130 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) For fast data transmission via the Primary Rate Interface the HSCX or ITAC (ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit) is connected to the PCM highway. Using the HSCX, X.25 interfaces can be connected to the PRI or data Line CEPT T1 Line Interface Framing 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s transmission from the system memory (e.g. file transfer) of a PC to another PC or host computer can be performed. The lPAT handles data from a X.21 into V.24 or V.35 interface and inserts the information into the PRI. Signaling Signaling Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Data Transmission Clock IPAT (R) Data IPAT (R) -2 X.2.1 X.21 to V.24 V.35 ACFA Clock HSCX Data FALCTM 54 HSCX P V.25 ITA00223 Data Terminal/SS No. 7 Terminal with Primary Access Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft HSCX 131 Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 General Information Type Package The Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 is a VLSI device used in interface modules with PCM systems. Designed as an universal frame aligner, the ACFA will implement layer-1 (coding, decoding and synchronizing) functions for all PCM30 (32 channels) and PCM24 (24 channels) oriented applications. It complies with CCITT/ CEPT recommendations as well as with the AT&T DMI specifications (CCITT Rec. G 703, 704, 732, 733, November 1984; DMI specification April 1985). Switching between the PCM24 and the PCM30 modes is performed by programming via the microprocessor interface of the device. The extended features implemented in each of these two modes will meet most present and future requirements. A high degree of flexibility allows its use without addition of specialized hardware. Besides interfacing to T1/CEPT routes and to an internal system highway, the ACFA supports the following interfaces: - interface with fiber-optic transmission routes - parallel microprocessor interface - interface to support different signaling schemes - testing and diagnostic interface PEB 2035-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 2035-P P-DIP-40-1 PEF 2035-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 2035-P P-DIP-40-1 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Features * Frame alignment for 2.048-Mbit/s and 1.544 Mbit/s PCM system * Meets CCITT Rec's (G 703, 704, 732, 733) and AT&T technical advisories * Coding/decoding for HDB3, B8ZS and AMI-ZCS (zero code suppression) line codes * Clear channel capability for AMI ZCS and CAS-BR * Unipolar NRZ for interfacing fiber-optic transmission routes * Error checking via CRC4 or CRC6 * Interfacing with a system internal 2.048-Mbit/s or 4.096-Mbit/s highway * Elastic memory for route clock wander and jitter compensation * Support for different signaling schemes * Testing and diagnostics * Single +5-V power supply * Advanced CMOS technology * Low power consumption 132 Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) RFSPQ PEB 2035 RRCLK XRCLK 1) SYPQ SCLK 1) Timing Control XDOM XTOP RCHPY DFPY 1) Sign. Bits Sig / FDL Bits Transmit Speech Memory Transmitter Parity Check FDL Bits Slips Slips Parity Check Control P Bus Aux. Bits Ad Parity Gen. Control Aux. Bits RA Alarms Formats Transmit Link Interface CH. Loop RDO MUX XDOP Formats 1) Receive Speech Memory Receiver Control XOID Config. Alarms RDIM Receive Link Interface Alarms RDIP Formats ROID Signaling Support 1) ACKNLQ RSIGM / RREQ XSIGM / XREQ 1) PMFB 1) XMFB XDI XSIG 1) XCHPY XTOM Alarm Interrupt COS AINT 1) Status Register Control Register A3-0 D7-0 RDQ WRQ Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 133 Signaling Stacks CEQ RESQ Parity Gen. ITB00548 ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (IPAT(R)-2) PEB 2236 General Information Type Package The ISDN Primary Access Transceiver IPAT-2 (PEB 2236) is a monolithic CMOS device which implements the analog receive and transmit line interface functions to primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed or hardwired to operate in PCM30 (2.048 Mbit/s) and PCM24 (1.544 Mbit/s) carrier systems. The IPAT-2 recovers clock and data using an adaptively controlled receiver threshold. It is transparent to ternary codes and shapes the output pulse according to the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the latest CCITT recommendations (I.431) and many other specifications by AT&T/Bellcore. Diagnostic facilities are included. Specially designed line interface circuits simplify the tedious task of protecting the device against overvoltage damage while still meeting the return loss requirements. The IPAT-2 is suitable for use in a wide range of voice and data applications such as for connections of digital switches and PBXs to host computers, for implementations of primary ISDN subscriber loops as well as for terminal applications. The maximum range is determined by the maximum allowable attenuation. PEB 2236-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 2236-P P-DIP-28-1 PEF 2236-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEF 2236-P P-DIP-28-1 R2 Receive Line R2 Overvoltage Protection Features * ISDN line interface for 1544 and 2048 kbit/s (T1 and CEPT) * Data and clock recovery * Transparent to ternary codes * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled). * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 applications * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and many AT&T/Bellcore publications met * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Monolithic line driver for a minimum of external components * Low power, reliable advanced CMOS technology 1 28 2 27 100 nF 3 26 100 nF 4 25 5 24 6 23 22 pF 7 8 22 pF R1 Overvoltage Protection Transmit Line 1 F IPAT (R) -2 PEB 2235 100 nF 22 21 9 20 10 19 11 18 12 17 13 16 14 15 100 nF R1 Crystal optional ITS00558 External Wiring of the IPAT Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 134 Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (PRISM) PEB 3035 General Description Type Package The PEB 3035 (Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller) is a two channel serial communication controller designed to support signaling and maintenance functions for T1 Primary Rate Interfaces using the Extended Superframe format ESF. The device supports the DL-channel protocol for ESF format according to T1.4031989 ANSI specification or according to AT&T specification TR 54016, September 1989. The 8-bit parallel P-interface fits perfectly into every Siemens/lntel 8-bit or 16-bit microcontroller system. Two serial channels can be programmed in three different clock modes to function in time-slot oriented applications, in a strobe mode or as a serial interface. PEB 3035-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEB 3035-P P-DIP-28-1 PEF 3035-N P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) PEF 3035-P P-DIP-28-1 Features Serial Interface * Two independent signaling channels * Programmable idle code (Flags, all ones) * Continuous transmission of up to 32 bytes of data * Data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Protocol Support * Support of ESF-DL protocol according to T1.403-1989 or according AT&T TR 54016 specifications * Support of HDLC protocol * Transparent mode for totally transparent data transmission and reception LAP Controller SP-REG Decoder Alignment RxDA TxDA CTSA RTSA AD0 - AD7 Data Link Controller Transmit FIFO Receive FIFO TSA Clock Control RxCLKA TxCLKA Channel A P Bus Interface TxCLKB RxCLKB RD WR CS RTSB ALE CTSB INT TxDB RxDB RES Channel B Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 135 ITB03617 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 General Information Type Package The Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (FALC54) is a high sophisticated single chip solution for primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed to operate in 1.544-Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048-Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier systems. The FALC54 provides the complete functionality of a line interface-, a framing-, clock generation (2 VCOs) and signaling unit on one chip with greatly increased functionalities. The FALC54 recovers clock and data using an integrated digital phase-locked loop. It shapes the output pulse following the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703 and generates a variety of systems clocks. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the newest CCITT recommendations and many other specifications by AT&T/ BELLCORE. The FALC54 features include: selectable multiframe (six multiframe formats), error checking (CRC4, CRC6), multiple line codes (HDB3, B8ZS, AMI, CMI, NRZ), alarm reporting, maintenance and performance monitoring. The circuit contains a two-frame elastic memory which ensures wander absorption between the PCM carrier and a synchronous, system internal highway. All signaling types - CCS, CAS and bit robbed signaling in conjunction with Clear Channel Capability - are controlled by the integrated LAPD/CAS signaling controller. In addition, the FALC54 allows flexible access to facility data link and service channels. All signaling and data link access can be handled via 64-byte FlFOs. The device includes functions which meet newest CCITT, ETSI and FTZ recommendations for primary rate interfaces and the AT&T Digital Multiplexed Interface specifications (DMI). Controlling and monitoring of the device is performed via a parallel 16-bit data bus interface which is directly compatible with the most popular 8/16-bit microprocessors (Intel or Motorola type). Below a list of equipment as described by the CClTT which potential FALC54 applications. PEB 2254-H P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) 1544-kbit/s Applications * PCM-multiplex equipment according to G.733 * Digital multiplex equipment according to G.734, G.743 * Digital exchange equipment according to G.705, Q.511, Q.512 * Transmultiplex equipment according to G.793 * Video conferencing according to H.120, H.130 * Transcoder equipment according to G.762 * Digital circuit multiplication equipment according to G.763 * Digital section/line system according to G.951, G.955 * ADPCM-multiplex equipment according to G.724 Features Line Interface * Data and clock recovery * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled) * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 and CEPT * Transmit line monitor * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and AT&T publications 62411 met * Maximum line attenuation more than 16 dB (CCITT I.431) * Wander and jitter attenuation * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Selectable line codes (H DB3, B8ZS, AMI, AMI with ZCS) * Analog and digital loss of signal indication * On-chip clock generator for system clocks * TRISTATE function of transmit line outputs * Jitter attenuator 2048-kbit/s Applications * PCM-multiplex equipment according to G.732 G.735, G.738 * Digital multiplex equipment according to G.736, G.742, G.745 * External access equipment according to G.737, G.739 * Digital exchange equipment according to G.705, Q.511 Q.512 * Transmultiplex equipment according to G.793 * Video conferencing according to H.120, H.130 * Transcoder equipment according to G.761 * Digital circuit multiplication equipment according to G.763 * Digital section/line system according to G.921, G.952, G.956 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 136 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 Frame Aligner Signaling Controller * Frame alignments/synthesis for 2048 kbit/s (CEPT, PCM30) and 1544 kbit/s (T1, PCM24) * Meets newest CCITT Rec's, ETSI Rec's, FTZ Rec's, and AT&T Technical References * Programmable formats for PCM30: Doubleframe, CRC Multiframe PCM24: 4-Frame Multiframe (F4),12-Frame Multiframe (F12, D3/4), Extended Superframe (ESF), Remote Switch Mode (F72, SLC96) * Selectable conditions for loss of sync * Fully implementation of the CRC4 Non-CRC4 * Interworking of CCITT G.706 * Error checking via CRC4 or CRC6 procedures * Error monitoring via E-bit and SA6-bit in CEPT mode * Performance monitoring * Insertion and extraction of alarms (AIS, RRA, AUXP...) * IDLE-code insertion for selectable channels * System clock frequency different for receive and transmit * Selectable 2048/4096-kbit/s system internal highway with programmable receive/transmit shifts * Programmable TRISTATE function of 4096 kbit/s output via RDO * Two-frame deep elastic receive memory for receive route clock wander and jitter compensation (can be reduced to one frame length for PCM30 master-slave applications) * One frame elastic transmit memory (PCM24 mode only) for transmit route clock wander and jitter compensation * Support for different data link schemes * Flexible transparent modes * Channel- and line loop back capabilities * LAPD controller * Support DL-channel protocol for ESF format according to T1-403-1989 ANSI specification or according to AT&T specification TR54016 september 1989 * Handling of bit-oriented functions * Programmable maximum packet size checking * Programmable preamble * Extended address masking * Programmable FIFO size (32,16, ...) * CAS controller * Multiframe synchronization and synthesis * Alarm detection and generation * Bit robbing support * Clear channel capabilities in PCM24 mode * Transparent Mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft MP Interface * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte or word access) * Extended interrupt capabilities General * * * * 137 Boundary scan standard IEEE 1149.1 Advanced CMOS technology P-MQFP-80 package Power consumption less than 400 mW Note: The FALC54's power consumption is mainly determined by the line length and type of the cable. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft RL1/ RL2/ XOID/ RDIP RDIN CLKDR DR = Dual Rail RL = Remote Loop XS = Xslicer Block Diagram Local Loop XL1/ XDOP 138 Boundary Scan Equalizer D0 - D15 (D0 - D8) A0 - A8 Microprocessor Interface Intel / Motorola 8 Bit / 16 Bit A INT Interrupt Control Pulse Shaper JATT LOS DR RL (E1) RL (T1) or XS RCLK RDP RDN SYNC LOS or Master RCLK RL (E1) DPLL VCO 1 T1 or RL (T1) or XS E1 RL (E1) or XS RL (T1) D 1T2B Encoder /4 Analog LOS Detector DPLL DR DR 8 MHz 2 MHz System Clocks E1 T1 T1 E1 RL(T1) DPLL VCO 2 Any Time-Slot Sa4 - Sa8 HDLC DL / BOM 12 MHz (T1) 16 MHz (E1 Xslicer) /2 /8 PD Divider Osc. 6 MHz (T1) 8 MHz (XS) Alarm Insertion Generation T1 Transmit Buffer Receive Elastic Store 1.5 MHz (T1) 2 MHz (XS) CAS-BR Counters Framer CAS-CC Signaling Controller RDATA RCLK Performance Monitoring Alarm Detect. Aligment Framer PD /2 /8 2M Osc. Divider 2M HDB3 B8ZS AMI Decoder 16 MHz E1 T1 XS XS XS 1 Second HDB3 B8ZS AMI Decoder SCLKX RCLK Divider Backplane Interface Backplane Interface RDO DR DR 1T2B DR Peak Detector DR Data & Clock Recovery 1T2B SCLKR Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 XDI XL2/ XDON ITB06095 Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component (PRACT) General Description Type Package PEB 22320-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features * ISDN-line interface for 1544 and 2048 kbit/s (T1 and CEPT) * Data and clock recovery * Transparent to ternary codes * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled) * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 applications * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and many AT&T/Bellcore publications met * Wander and jitter attenuation * Jitter tolerance of receiver: 0.5 Ul s * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Monolithic line driver for a minimum of external components * Low power, reliable CMOS technology * Loss of signal indication for receiver * Clock generator for system clocks MODE SYNC JATT The Primary Rate Access Clock Generator and Transceiver PRACT (PEB 22320) is a monolithic CMOS device which implements the analog receive and transmit line interface functions to primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed or hard-wired to operate in 1.544-Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048-Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier system. The PRACT recovers clock and data using an adaptively controlled receiver threshold. It is transparent to ternary codes and shapes the output pulse following the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the CCITT (I.431) recommendation and many other specifications by AT&T/Bellcore. An on-chip selectable jitter attenuation is available which meets the I.431 recommendation for CEPT - and the PUB 62411 for T1 application. Diagnostic facilities are included. Specially designed line interface circuits simplify the tedious task of protecting the device against overvoltage damage while still meeting the return loss requirements. The PRACT is suitable for use in a wide range of voice and data applications such as for connections of digital switches and PBXs to host computers for implementations of primary ISDN subscriber loops as well as for terminal applications. The maximum range is determined by the maximum allowable attenuations. In the T1 case the PRACT's power consumption is mainly determined by the line length and type of the cable. PEB 22320 LL XTAL1,2,3,4 XTIN Test Data Receiver Clock & Data Recovery Loss of Signal Detection XL1 Transmit Output XL2 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft RRCLK P N Jitter Attenuator & Clock Generator LOS Driver D/A XCLK (T1) System Clocks Remote Loop RL1 Receive Input RL2 Local Loop XTIP Transmit ROM LS0,1,2 139 Timing & Pulseshaper RL RCLK RDOP RDON XDIP XDIN XCLK (CEPT) ITB04876 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit Attenuation MUSACTM-A; PEB 2445 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 141 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs Product Overview Type Short Title PEB 2045 MTSC Memory Time Switch CMOS 147 PEB 2046 MTSS Memory Time Switch Small 150 PEB 2047 MTSL Memory Time Switch Large 151 PEB 2047-16 MTSL-16 Memory Time Switch Large H-16 MHz 153 Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit with Attenuation 154 TM PEB 2445 MUSAC -A (R) Function Page PEB 2054 EPIC -S Extended PCM Interface Controller 90 PEB 2055 EPIC(R)-1 Extended PCM Interface Controller 91 PEB 20550 ELIC(R) Extended Line Card Interface Controller 92 SAB 82C258 SAB 82C257 ADMA ADMA Internetworking & Protocol Controllers 169 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 HSCX HSCX1 High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 162 SAB 82532 ESCC2 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) 163 SAB 82538 ESCC8 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) 165 PEB 20320 MUNICH32 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC 167 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 142 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family t/r Subscriber Units Switching Systems Analog Line Cards DAML t / r DAML-RT DAML-COT t / r U t/r t/r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) SLIC HV-SLIC HSCX MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) Digital Line Cards DOV U t/r t/r S/T HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 U U (Primary Rate) S NT RPT Group Processors Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 143 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family Supervision and control of the entire system, including connection set-up, maintenance and testing, is performed in a powerful central processing unit. Besides this, the through-switching of PCM channels is done in a switching network unit, whereas the tasks of a frame alignment unit are to interface PCM transmission routes with the switching system. Digital exchanges put calls through by newly arranging the speech signals coded with 8-bit words (PCM time-slots). The code words are transmitted serially on PCM lines. The sampling frequency of 8 kHz produces PCM frames with a duration of 125 s. The transmission rate on the line determines how many code words (speech channels) can be accommodated within a sampling period. With a data rate of 2048 kbit/s for example, there are 32 time-slots of 8 bits each. Four lines with a data rate of 8192 kbit/s have a transmission capacity of 512 channels. In a digital switching matrix one distinguishes between two basic switching principles: * Time division multiplex * Space division multiplex A method that is frequently used involves a combination of the two principles, this being called space/time division multiplex. The figure illustrates the different principles. In time division multiplex only the time-slot is altered during switching. All signals from a certain input PCM line are switched to a fixed output line, only the time-slot sequence may change. In space division multiplex incoming PCM data are only rearranged in space. The input time-slot equals the output time-slot. However, input from one PCM line can be switched to different output lines. Time-Division Multiplex TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 A1 A3 A2 A3 A4 Input Timing Space-Division Multiplex Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 A4 A1 A2 Output Timing TS0 TS0 A1 C1 B1 A1 C1 B1 ITA00540 1 2 3 Input Timing Output Timing TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 A1 B4 ITA00541 Space/Time-Division Multiplex Line 1 A4 B4 Line 2 Line 3 A1 C2 C2 A4 Input Timing Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1 3 Output Timing 144 2 ITA00542 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family Wideband Switching or "Fractional" T1. 64 kbit/s time-slots are combined for higher data rates. As a precondition all switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame. For example 6 time-slots could be combined to a 384-kbit/s bundle. An additional future requirement is wideband switching. In contrast to voice switching, wideband switching is optimized for data transmission, e.g. for ISDN H-channels Wideband Switching of 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 384-kbit / s "Bundle" 32 Frame 0 1 2 3 4 192-kbit / s "Bundle" 5 6 7 8 9 Individual 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 10 11 30 31 32 Frame 1 1 2 3 ITT01746 Frame 2 Data "Bundle": - switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame Multipoint Switching In a multipoint switching configuration data communication between terminals can be achieved by connecting all stations to one or more time-slots and transmitting the information back. In contrast to audio conferences, data terminals broadcast to the switching matrix which are or-connected. With multipoint switching an independent LAN in a PBX system could be realized. ITA03952 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 145 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family MTSC MTSL/MTSL-16 Siemens Semiconductor offers devices which take into consideration the needs for efficient realization of these tasks. One of the switching network circuits offered is the Memory Time Switch in CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045, which has the ability to connect any of 512 incoming PCM channels to any of 256 outgoing PCM channels on a single chip. A non-blocking switch for 512 time-slots can be built up with two devices only. A further expansion can be realized very easily too. Different kinds of operation modes enable the use of the MTSC PEB 2045 in 2048 Mbit/s, 4096 Mbit/s and 8192 Mbit/s or mixed PCM systems. As an additional feature the MTSC PEB 2045 together with an Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 can realize the system interface of up to four primary multiplex access lines. The largest in our family, the Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 is capable of switching up to 1024 time-slots. The MTSL allows the switching of fractional T1 and data bundles. The MTSL-16 is a selection for 16-MHz applications. MUSAC Siemens Semiconductor also supplies a solution for conferencing, the Multipoint Switching And Conferencing Unit (MUSAC) PEB 2245, which performs the complete switching functions of the MTSC, and has a signal processor for handling up to 64 conferencing channels in any combination. The input and output channels can also be attenuated individually to achieve best transmission quality. MTSS MUSAC-A The Memory Time Switch Small (MTSS) PEB 2046 is a smaller version of the MTSC PEB 2045 performing time/ space switch functions for a non-blocking switch of 256 PCM channels. The MUSAC-A is an upward compatible device to the MTSL and MUSAC. It offers in addition the attenuation and amplification of every time-slot. An overview on the complete switching and conferencing IC-family is shown in the following table: Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family MTSC PEB 2045 MTSS PEB 2046 MTSL PEB 2047 MTSL-16 PEB 2047-16 MUSAC-A PEB 2445 EPIC-1 PEB 2055 EPIC-S PEB 2054 Switching capacity (time-slots) 512 x 256 256 x 256 1024 x 512 1024 x 1024 512 x 256 256 x 256 64 x 256 Input/output lines `16/8 `8/8 `16/8 `16/8 `16/8 `4/4 `1/2 PCM-data rate (Mbit/s) 2/4/8 + mixed mode 2 2/4/8 + mixed mode 2/4/8/16 + mixed mode 2/4/8 + mixed mode up to 8 up to 4 Clock rate (MHz) 4096 8192 4096 8192 4096 8192 4096/8192 16384 4096 8192 up to 8192 2048 8192 Conferencing 64 channels Attenuation all channels - 4 to 12 dB PRI/T1 mode yes yes Fractional T1 data bundling yes yes 128 kbit/s channel C access read read yes yes Multipoint switching yes Power (mW) max. consumption typ. 50 50 100 170 100 50 50 Package P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-LCC-44-1 P DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-LCC-44-1 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 146 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 General Description Type Package The MTSC PEB 2045 is a monolithic CMOS circuit, which has the ability to connect any of the 512 PCM channels of 16 incoming PCM lines to any of the 256 PCM channels of eight output lines. The PCM information for a complete frame is stored in the 4-Kbit speech memory SM, i.e. all of the 512 words with 8 bits are written into a fixed position of the SM. This is controlled by the input counter every 125 s. The words are read using random access with an address that is stored in a connection memory CM for each of the 256 output channels. The access to the CM is controlled by the output counter. To produce a connection the SM address and the CM address must be written into the PEB 2045 via a P interface. The SM-address contains the time-slots and line numbers of the incoming PCM words. The CM address consists of the time-slots and line numbers of the output words. The PEB 2045 can be connected to 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s PCM systems, the device clock may be either 4.096 MHz or 8.192 MHz. In a second operational mode the PEB 2045 together with the PEB 2035 (ACFA, Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner) and the PEB 2235 (IPAT, ISDN Primary Access Transceiver) implements the system interface of up to four primary multiplex access lines. This interface can be configured for 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s systems; a clock shift for input and output lines with half clock step resolution is programmable. Selection of operating modes and programming is made by writing to the mode register and, via the Indirect Access Register (IAR), the Clock Shift Register (CSR) and the General Configuration Register (GCR). The components PEB 2045 and PEF 2045 are functionally identical. The difference between the two types lies in the temperature range. The PEB 2045 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the PEF 2045 in the range - 40 to 85 C. PEB 2045-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 2045-P P-DIP-40-1 (not for new design) PEF 2045-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEF 2045-P P-DIP-40-1 (not for new design) Features * Time/space switch for 2.048-, 4.096- and 8.192-kbit/s PCM systems * Different kinds of modes (2048, 4096, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 512 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * 16 input and eight output PCM lines * Configurable for primary access and standard applications * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output in primary access configuration * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * Tristate control signals for external drivers in primary access configuration * 2048-kHz clock output in primary access configuration * Space switch mode * 8-bit P interface * Single + 5-V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology Applications * All types of switching systems * Concentrator function * Frequency transforming interface between 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s PCM systems * 16/16 space switch for 8-Mbit/s PCM systems * System interface for up to four primary multiplex access lines in combination with the PEB 2035 (ACFA) and *PEB 2235 (IPAT) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 147 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 IN0 IN15 D7 - D0 MOD Connection Memory CM STA P Interface A0 PCM IN RD IAR WR CS CCS CM Address Gen GCR Speech Memory SM Timing Control PCM OUT SP Block Diagram CLK OUT 0 OUT 7 ITB00554 Line Interface 1.544 Mbit / s 2.048 Mbit / s Dual Rail Interface Internal Primary Highway 2.048 Mbit / s System Interface 2.048 / 4.096 / 8.192 Mbit / s PEB 2045 MTSC PEB 2235 IPAT (R) PEB 2035 ACFA SAB 82525 HSCX Optimized System Interface for Four Primary Multiplex Access Lines Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 148 ITB00544 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 PEx 2045 PCM IN 8 16 PCM OUT 2 MHz 2 MHz PEx 2045 8 ITS00583 Memory time switch 16/16 for a non-blocking 512-channel switch 16 PEx 2045 PEx 2045 11 21 PEx 2045 PEx 2045 12 22 8 8 PCM IN PCM OUT 2 MHz 2 MHz 16 PEx 2045 PEx 2045 23 13 PEx 2045 PEx 2045 24 14 8 8 ITS00584 Memory time switch 32/32 for a non-blocking 1024-channel switch using tristate function Block Diagram of two PCM Switch Configurations with PEB 2045 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 149 Memory Time Switch Small (MTSS) PEB 2046 Type Package PEB 2046-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 2046-P P-DIP-40-1 Features MOD WR CGR Timing Control OUT2 CLK OUT1 IN7 IN6 IN5 IN4 Output Buffer OUT0 SP IN3 Speech Memory SM OUT7 CS OUT6 IAR Connection Memory CM OUT5 STA OUT4 RD P Interface Input Buffer OUT3 DB7DB0 A0 IN2 * Time/space switch for 2.048-kbit/s PCM systems * Switching of up to 256 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * Eight input and eight output PCM lines * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * 8-bit P-interface * Single +5-V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology IN0 The MTSS PEB 2046 is a monolithic CMOS device which has the ability to connect any of the 256 PCM channels of eight incoming PCM lines to any of the 256 PCM channels of eight output lines. The input information of a complete frame is stored in the speech memory SM. The incoming 256 channels of 8 bits each are written in sequence into fixed positions in the SM. This is controlled by the input counter in the timing control block with an 8-kHz repetition rate. For output, the connection memory (CM) is read in sequence. Each location in CM points to a location in the speech memory. The byte in this speech memory location is read into the current output time-slot. The read access of the CM is controlled by the output counter which also resides in the timing control block. Thus the CM needs to be programmed beforehand for the desired connection. The CM address corresponds to one particular output time-slot and line number. The contents of this CM-address point to a particular input time-slot and line number (now resident in the SM). IN1 General Description ITB00604 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 150 Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 Features Type Package * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096- or 8192-kbit/s PCM systems * Different modes programmable for input and output separately 2048 kbit/s (4096 kbit/s, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 1024 incoming PCM channels to up to 5124 outgoing PCM channels * Configurable for a 4096-kHz or 8192-kHz device clock 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Constant frame delay for switching of wideband data, e.g. ISDN H-channels or minimized delay for voice applications * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * P read access to PCM data * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output * Individual line delay measurement and clock shift mechanism for 8 PCM inputs * Built-in selftest * 8-bit Motorola or Intel type P interface * Advanced low power 1 -CMOS technology * Single 5-V-power supply PEB 2047-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) MTSL PCM IN 8 4 CLK PCM OUT 8 MHz 8 MHz MTSL 4 CLK 8.192 MHz ITS05937 Memory Time Switch for a Non-blocking 1024 Channel Switch with 8-MHz Device Clock Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 151 Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 General Description The MTSL PEB 2047 is a memory time switch device. Operating with a device clock of 4096 kHz or 8192 kHz it can connect any of 1024 PCM-input channels to any of 512 output channels. The input information of a complete frame is stored in the on-chip 8-kbit data memory DM. The incoming 1024 channels of 8 bits each are written in sequence into fixed positions in the DM. This is controlled by the input counter in the timing control block with an 8-kHz repetition rate. For outputting, the connection memory (CM) is read in sequence. Each location in CM points to a location in the data memory. The byte in this data memory location is transferred into the current output time-slot. The read access of the CM is controlled by an output counter. The synchronization of this procedure will be achieved by a rising edge of the synchronizing pulse SP, which is always sampled with the falling edge of the device clock. Different modes of operation are configurable at the PCMinput interface. Also, 8 PCM-input lines can be synchronized with individual clock shift values to compensate different line delays. If more than 8 inputs are used one clock shift value controls up to two ports at the same time. The input lines IN8 to IN15 can be used as additional frame-synchronization inputs FS. After synchronizing the device by the SP pulse, the FS inputs can be evaluated on a per port basis. This evaluation procedure is started by a microprocessor command. As a result the input countervalue on the rising edge of the FS signal can be read from an internal register. Thus delay compensation is easily managed by programming appropriate clock shift values and/or a possible software offset. During operation of the chip, a frame length check, which controls correct synchronization by the SP pulse and generates an interrupt in case of lost or achieved synchronization is also supplied. The standard 8-bit P interface can communicate with Intel multiplexed/demultiplexed microprocessors as well as with Motorola demultiplexed processors. It gives access to the internal registers and to the control - and data memory. Five directly addressable registers are provided. All other registers and the memories are accessed by a simple three byte indirect access method (similar to the MTSC PEB 2045). The switching path of the MTSL including input buffer, data memory, control memory, output buffer and timing control can be tested in the system by a built-in selftest. After activating this mechanism it takes 1.25 ms (8192 kHz) until the result "selftest ok/selftest not ok" can be read from the internal status register. After test completion the control-memory is also reset. In applications where 64-kbit/s channels are combined for higher data rates (e.g. ISDN H-channels) the MTSL ensures that all switched time-slots are output in the same frame. In voice applications where a low delay is important, the MTSL can be programmed for minimized switching delays. Wideband Switching of 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 384-kbit / s "Bundle" 32 Frame 0 1 2 3 4 192-kbit / s "Bundle" 5 6 7 8 9 Individual 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 10 11 30 31 32 Frame 1 2 3 Frame 2 Data "Bundle": - switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame MTSL Submultiplexing of 64-kbit/s Time-Slot Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1 152 ITT01746 Memory Time Switch Large H-16 MHz (MTSL-16) PEB 2047-16 General Description Type Package The MTSL-16 is an upward compatible device to the MTSL. The MTSL-16 supports 16-MHz clocking and switching capability of 1024 x 1024 time-slots. PEB 2047-16-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features * Upward compatible to MTSL * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096-, 8192- or 16384-kbit/s PCM systems * Different modes programmable for input and output separately (2048-, 4096-, 8192- or 16384-kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 1024 incoming PCM channels to up to 1024 outgoing PCM channels * Configurable for a 8192-kHz or 16384-kHz device clock * 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Constant frame delay for switching of wideband data, e.g. ISDN H-channels or minimized delay for voice applications PCM IN 8 8 MHz * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * P access to PCM data * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output * Individual line delay measurement and clock shift mechanism for 8 PCM inputs * Built-in selftest * 8-bit Motorola or Intel type P interface * Advanced low power 1- CMOS technology * Single 5-V-power supply MTSL 8 PCM OUT 8 MHz CLK 16.384 MHz MTSL PCM IN 4 CLK 8 PCM OUT 8 MHz 8 MHz MTSL 4 CLK 8.192 MHz ITS00225 Memory Time Switch for a Non-blocking 1024 Channel Switch with 16-MHz Device Clock Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 153 Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit-Attenuation (MUSACTM-A) PEB 2445 General Description Type Package The MUSAC-A is an upward compatible device to the components MTSC and MUSAC. Additionally to the standard MUSAC features switching and conferencing, the MUSAC-A supports additional attenuation functions. Every time-slot is freely programmable in 1-dB step resolutions to an attenuation range from 0 to 12 dB and amplified from 0 to 4 dB. With enlarged attenuation functions to every time-slot the MUSAC-A fulfills the ability for new requirements. l.e. different PBX terminals could be adapted to a certain reference point from the private network to the public network. PEB 2445-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Features Switching * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096- or 8192-kbit/s PCM systems * Switching of up to 512 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Different kinds of modes (2048, 4096, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation Attenuation and Amplification * Attenuation and amplification of every time-slot * Attenuation range from 0 to 12 dB * Amplification range from 0 to 4 dB Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Conference Mode * Up to 64 conference channels in any combination * Up to 21 independent conferences simultaneously (3 subscribers) * Programmable attenuation (0/3/6/9 dB) on each input channel * Programmable attenuation (0/3 dB) on each output channel * Programmable PCM-level adaption (attenuation or amplification) of up to 64 channels * Programmable noise suppression (four thresholds) * Conference overflow handling * Tone insertion capability * A-Law/-Law compatible * Compatible with all kinds of PCM-byte formats Multipoint Switching * Multiple independent LAN s within one PBX * Multiplexing of up to 64 channels * 64-kbit/s channels General * * * * * 154 8-bit P interface Single + 5-V-power supply Advanced low power CMOS technology TTL compatible inputs/outputs Upward compatible to MTSL Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit-Attenuation (MUSACTM-A) PEB 2445 Timing PCM IN PCM OUT Attenuation Time Switch Signal Processor P Interface Address Data Control ITS03806 Block Diagram Reference Point Private Network Public Network Analog Line Card ISDN Line Card a/b Analog MUSAC TM -A Prop. Line Card NT 2B + D ISDN NT CEPT / T1 ISDN Central Office C Loudness Ration Echo Attenuation PBX-Example Attenuation for Every Time-Slot Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 155 ITA03955 Communication Network ICs Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC MUNICH32; PEB 20320 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 157 Communication Network ICs Product Overview Type Short Title Function Page SAB 82525 SAB 82526 HSCX HSCX1 High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended 162 SAB 82532 ESCC2 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) 163 SAB 82538 ESCC8 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) 165 SAB 82518 ASCC8 Universal Asynchronous Reciever/Transmitter (UART) 161 PEB 20320 MUNICH32 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC 167 SAB 82C257 SAB 82C528A ADMA Advanced DMA Controller for 16-bit Microcomputer Systems 169 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 158 A World of Applications Data communication has gained a key role in modern computer systems. We are on the threshold of an era of total communication: every (micro)computer unit has to be able to communicate with other devices - either in synchronous or asynchronous data transmission mode. Let us have a look at this rapidly growing world of many different applications. There are among others the following applications: telecom, office automation, traffic control, medical equipment, and factory automation. Telecom Todays telephone and telecommunication equipment is getting more and more digitalized while the older analog units are being replaced. This means that analog signals are converted to digital data as soon as possible before being transferred and processed. Back-conversion is made as late as possible. Consequently the amount of transferred data in telecom applications is increasing tremendously. Depending on the desired data throughput and transmission mode, the designer always gets the right choice with serial communication ICs from Siemens. There are a lot of goals to be met: transfer control by high level transportation protocols, transmitting and receiving data pockets, time-division multiplexing in time-slot systems, handling of different data encoding/decoding schemes, etc. All these kinds of data transfer can be managed by SAB 82525 or SAB 82526. These ICs are called High-Level Serial Communication Controllers Extended (HSCX, SAB 82525) and Single-Channel High-Level Serial Communication Controllers Extended (HSCX1, SAB 82526). They were especially designed for serial communication interfaces in telecom networks requiring HDLC based protocols. Typical HSCX applications are network communication boards, central D-channel signaling, DMI boards, data-link controllers in digital mobile radio networks as well as cordless telephone sets. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Office Automation and Wide Area Networks (WAN) Typical ESCC2 (Enhanced Serial Communication Controller with 2 channels, SAB 82532) applications are communication boards for workstations and minicomputers as well as l/O multiplexers, bridges and gateways (X.24, PRI). ESCC2 can be used for nearly all applications from terminal adaptors and fast HDLC links to Primary Rate Interfaces (T1/S2) or ISDN interfaces (SO); using unique software. If the designer requires multichannel access, he can save a tremendous amount of board space by using the highly integrated eight-channel multiprotocol controller SAB 82538 (ESCC8): four ESCC2s (eight serial channels) in one package. Fast LANs If clock recovery up to 4 Mbit/s is needed (e.g. in fiberoptic transmission systems), the designer can use ESCC2 (Enhanced Serial Communications Controller, SAB 82532). Basically, the ESCC2 is a faster 16-bit HSCX with a big bundle of extra functions. HDLC-data transfer can be implemented up to 10 Mbit/s. ESCC2 is a multiprotocol controller which enables designers to use synchronous, bisynchronous as well as asynchronous, fast data transfer with one chip on one software basis. 159 Product Overview Performance / Integration MUNICH32 PEB 20320 32-Bit ESCC8 SAB 82538 ADMA SAB 82C258 ASCC8 SAB 82518 16-Bit ESCC2 SAB 82532 ESCC1 SAB 82531 HSCX SAB 82525 ICs available ICs in development ICs in definition 8-Bit HSCX1 SAB 82526 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 ITB01818 Siemens' family of serial communication controllers comprises a full range of different ICs. While each of them is designed to enhanced particular features, together they compose a wide profile of performance. Thus, most likely our family of complementary devices offers an ideal solution to many applications in serial data communications. HSCX The High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX) supports a number of synchronous standardized protocols and a greater number of proprietary protocols at a transfer rate of up to 4 Mbit/s. Each of its two channels works independent of the other. Its specific fields of application are proprietary HDLC local area networks (LAN). HSCX 1 The Single-Channel High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX1) is the single channel version of HSCX. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ESCC2 The Enhanced Serial Communications Controller (ESCC2) is a multiprotocol controller offering an extraordinary profile of protocol options at a high-speed transfer rate of up to 10 Mbit/s for each of its two independent channels. ESCC2 was developed for the different communication requirements of wide area network, local area network, small area network and proprietary network applications. The result is a communications controller as a standard for implementing Open System Interconnection (OSI) layers-1 and -2 in all these applications. This fact noticeably reduces development and system costs. The board space, for example, is reduced by on-chip collision detection and resolution, programmable preamble, clock recovery, the logic for multiple protocols and multiple encodings, 16- and 32-bit CRC, time-slot, assignment, queued interrupt status for all important events like receiver FIFO full, receiver FIFO overrun and end of frame transmission. 160 Product Overview Features Type HSCX1 SAB 82526 HSCX SAB 82525 ESCC2 SAB 82532 ESCC8 SAB 82538 ASCC8 SAB 82518 MUNICH32 PEB 20320 Number of serial channels 1 2 2 8 8 32 Parallel ports no no 8-bit 28-bit 28-bit no Serial communication SYNC SYNC SYNC/ASYNC SYNC/ASYNC ASYNC SYNC Supported protocols HDLC/SDLC HDLC/SDLC HDLC/SDLC ASYNC/ BISYNC HDLC/SDLC ASYNC/ BISYNC ASYNC HDLC/SDLC Encoding schemes NRZ, NRZI NRZ, NRZI NRZ, NRZI FM0, FM1 Manchester NRZ/NRZI FM0, FM1 Manchester NRZ NRZ Programmable preamble no no yes yes no no CRC 16-bit 16-bit 16-/32-bit 16-/32-bit - 16-/32-bit Max baud rate/channel (SYNC) 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s - 4 Mbit/s/128 Kbit/s Max baud rate/channel (ASYNC) - - 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s - 1.2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s no no Integrated clock recovery (DPLL) up to 1.2 Mbit/s FIFO size per channel (R x D/T x D) 64/64 bytes 64/64 bytes 64/64 bytes 64/64 bytes 64/64 bytes 256/256 bytes Data-bus width 8-bit 8-bit 8-/16-bit 8-/16-bit 8-/16-bit 16-/32-bit Data bus types Intel/Motorola Intel/Motorola Intel/Motorola Intel/Motorola Intel/Motorola Intel/Motorola DMA controller on-chip no no no no no yes DMA support yes yes yes yes yes - Time-slot assignment yes yes yes yes no yes Package P-LCC-44 P-LCC-44 P-MQFP-44 P-LCC-68 P-MQFP-160 P-MQFP-160 P-MQFP-160 The reduction of the software size, due to the 16-bit Intel or Motorola processor interface, the direct register accessibility, large FlFOs, vectorized interrupts and four channel DMA support lead to higher performance and decrease CPU time to an absolute minimum. Less system cost, less development cost, less board space, less power consumption and high performance in a proven 1-m CMOS technology are what you gain by using this communication genius as a standard for all your applications. The following ICs are in development or under definition and will be available in due time to offer new attractive solutions for serial communication control. ESCC8 The eight-channel Enhanced Serial Communications Controller (ESCC8) offers eight independent serial channels. Basically it consists of four ESCC2 cores. It is a very suitable solution for multiprotocol and multichannel applications. MUNICH32 The Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNIC32) is a protocol controller for handling up to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 32 data channels of a full-duplex PCM highway. It has been designed for use in fractional T1 interfaces as well as for applications in switching systems. ADMA The Advanced DMA Controller (ADMA) is a four channel l/O coprocessor that is optimized to handle data transfers in either 8-, 16- or 32-bit microprocessor systems. It can transfer up to 40 Mbytes of data per second in a 20-MHz system. The ADMA transfers data using single cycle, two cycle and 32-bit fly by operations and can gather or scatter data with efficient linked list data chaining, making it one of the most versatile DMA controllers available today. A smaller, reduced cost version of the ADMA (SAB 82C257) is also available. ASCC8 The ASCC8 is an eight-channel Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART). It is optimized to handle eight high-speed asynchronous channels at rates of up to 2 Mbit/s in 16-x-oversampling mode. The ASCC8 is ideally suited for applications that include card-to-card signaling MODEM pools, asynchronous routers, and simple high speed point-to-point communications between processing elements within a large system. 161 High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX) General Description The HSCX (SAB 82525) has been designed to implement high speed communication links using HDLC protocols and to reduce the hard and software overhead needed for serial synchronous communications. Due to its 8-bit demultiplexed adaptive bus interface it fits perfectly into every INTEL or Motorola 8- and 16-bit microcomputer system. The HSCX directly supports the X.25 LAPB, the ISDN LAPDand SDLC protocols and is capable of handling a large set of layer-2 protocol functions independently from the host processor. The time division capability of the SAB 82525 and other programmable telecom features make it suitable for time-slot oriented PCM systems designed for packet switching. Due to its high speed data transfer and high level protocol support it fits very well in industrial applications e.g. Iaser printers. The HSCX1 (SAB 82526), the single channel version of the HSCX, opens another wide application area. For an easy access to the wide variety and complexity of synchronous data transfer Siemens provides a PC based HSCX evaluation Kit. The SAB 82525/82526 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the SAF 82525/82526 in the range -40 to 85 C. SAB 82525 SAB 82526 Type Package SAB 82525-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) SAF 82525-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) SAB 82526-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) SAF 82526-N P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) SAB 82525-H P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) Features SAB 82525 (82526) * * * * * * * Two (one) independent HDLC/SDLC channels High level support of LAPB/LAPD protocols Oscillator DPLL and baud rate generator for each channel Collision detect and resolution logic Data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Clock recovery up to 1.2 Mbit/s 8 bit parallel multiplexed and demultiplexed system bus adaption * 64-byte FIFO per channel and direction * 4 (2) channel DMA interface * CMOS technology Channel A A0- A6 D0- D7 SP-REG LAP Controller Transmit FIFO Data Link Controller Decoder Collision Detection RD / IC1 WR / IC0 CS ALE / IM0 INT P Bus Interface Receive FIFO RxDA TxDA RTSA CTSA / CxDA DPLL BRG TSA RxCLKA Clock Control AxCLKA TxCLKA RES IM1 TxCLKB AxCLKB RxCLKB DRQTA DRQRA DACKA DMA Interface CTSB / CxDB DRQTB DRQRB DACKB Channel B RTSB TxDB RxDB ITB00946 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 162 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC2) General Description The Enhanced Serial Communication Controller ESCC2 (SAB 82532) is a multiprotocol data communication controller with two symmetrical serial channels. It has been designed to implement high speed communication links and to reduce hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous/asynchronous communications. The version 82532N-10 of the ESCC2 opens a wide area for application which use time division multiplex methods (e.g. time-slot oriented PCM systems, systems designed for packet switching, ISDN applications). General Features Serial Interface * Two independent full-duplex serial channels - On-chip clock generation or external clock source - On-chip DPLL for clock recovery of each channel - Two independent baud rate generators - Independent time-slot assignment for each channel with programmable time-slot length (1 - 256 bits) * Async, sync character oriented (MONOSYNC/BISYNC) or HDLC/SDLC modes (including SDLC LOOP) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without framing * NZR, NRZI, FM and Manchester encoding * Modem control lines (RTS, CTS, CD) * CRC support: - HDLC/SDLC: CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 - (automatic handling for transmit/receive direction) - BISYNC: CRC-16 or CRC-CClTT - (support for transmit direction) * Support of bus configuration by collision detection and resolution * Statistical multiplexing * Continuous transmission of 1 to 32 bytes possible * Programmable preamble (8 bit) with selectable repetition rate (HDLC/SDLC and BISYNC) * Data rate up to 10 Mbit/s * Master clock mode with data rate up to 4 Mbit/s SAB 82532 Type Max. Data Rate Clocked ext. SAB 82532-N int. (DPLL) TimeSlot Mode P-LCC-68-1 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s no SAB 82532-N-10 P-LCC-68-1 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s yes Protocol Support (HDLC / SDLC) * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode - Auto-mode (automatic handling of S- and l-frames) - Non-auto mode - Transparent mode * Handling of bit oriented functions * Support of LAPB / LAPD / SDLC / HDLC protocol in automode (I- and S-frame handling) * Modulo 8 or modulo 128 operation * Programmable time-out and retry conditions * Programmable maximum packet size checking MP Interface and Ports * 64-byte FlFOs per channel and direction (byte or word access) * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte and work access) * Efficient transfer of data blocks from/to system memory via DMA or interrupt request * Support of Daisy Chaining and Slave Operation with Interrupt Vector generation * 8-bit programmable bidirectional universal port Applications * Universal, multiprotocol communication board for Workstation- and PC-boards * Terminal controllers * Computer peripherals * Time-slotted packet networks * Multimaster communication networks * LANs Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Package 163 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC2) A0 - A6 Config. Registers D0 - D15 WR / R / W RD / DS Bus Interface Unit BHE / BLE DTACK CS INT INTA IE0 IE1 16 Timer - Sync. Transmit FIFO 64 Byte - Async. Receive FIFO 64 Byte Channel A WIDTH LAP B / D Controller Preamble Generator Clock Control DPLL TSA BRG 8 Bit Parallel Port Interrupt Interface TxCLKA RxCLKA P0 P7 XTAL1 Oscillator XTAL2 DRRA DRTB Collision Detection RxDA TxDA RTSA CTSA / CxDA CDA - Bisync. DRTA DACKA Encoder Decoder Data Link Controller RES ALE SAB 82532 RxDB TxDB RTSB CTSB / CxDB CDB TxCLKB RxCLKB DMA Interface DRRB DACKB Channel B ITB01780 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 164 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC8) General Description The Enhanced Serial Communication Controller ESCC8 (SAB 82538) is a data communication device with eight serial channels. It has been designed to implement high speed communication links and to reduce hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous/asynchronous communications. The version 82538 H-10 of the ESCC8 opens a wide area for application which use time division multiplex methods (e.g. time-slot oriented PCM systems, systems designed for packet switching, ISDN applications). General Features Serial Interface * Eight independent full-duplex serial channels * On-chip clock generation or external clock source * On-chip DPLL for clock recovery of each channel * Eight independent baud rate generators * Independent time-slot assignment for each channel with programmable time-slot length (1 - 256 bits) * Async., sync. character oriented (MONOSYNC BISYNC) or HDLC/SDLC modes (including SDLC LOOP) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without framing * NZR, NRZI, FM and Manchester encoding * Modem control lines (RTS, CTS, CD) * CRC support: - HDLC/SDLC: CRC-CClTT or CRC-32 (automatic handling for transmit/receive direction) - BISYNC: CRC-16 or CRC-CClTT (support for transmit direction) * Support of bus configuration by collision detection and resolution * Statistical multiplexing * Continuous transmission of 1 to 32 bytes possible * Programmable preamble (8 bit) with selectable repetition rate (HDLC/SDLC and BISYNC) * Data rate up to 10 Mbit/s * Master clock mode with data rate up to 4 Mbit/s SAB 82538 Type Package SAB 82538-H P-MQFP-160-1 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s ext. TimeSlot int. (DPLL) Mode SAB 82538-H-10 P-MQFP-160-1 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s no yes Protocol Support (HDLC / SDLC) * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode - Auto-mode (automatic handling of S- and I-frames) - Non-auto mode - Transparent mode * Handling of bit-oriented functions * Support of LAPB / LAPD / SDLC / HDLC protocol in automode (I- and S-frame handling) * Modulo 8 or modulo 128 operation * Programmable time-out and retry conditions * Programmable maximum packet size checking MP Interface and Ports * 64-byte FlFOs per channel and direction (byte or word access) * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte and word access) * Efficient transfer of data blocks from/to system memory via DMA or interrupt request * Support of Daisy Chaining and Slave Operation with Interrupt Vector generation * 28-bit programmable universal l/Os Applications * Universal, multiprotocol communication board * Asynchronous and synchronous terminal cluster controllers * LAN gateways and bridges * Multiplexers, cross-connect points, DMI boards * Time-slotted packet networks * Packet switches, packet assemblers/disassemblers Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Max. Data Rate Clocked 165 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC8) SAB 82538 XTAL1 / 2 RES 2 A0 - A8 Osc. Internal Data Bus 16 D0 - D15 ALE WR / R / W 16 RD / DS BHE / BLE 7 6 WIDTH 8 DTACK CS INT INTA 1 Serial Interface 0 Bus Interface Unit IE0 FIFO Timer HDLC SDLC BISYNC. ASYNC. IE1 IE2 TSA DPLL BRG 28 - BIT PARALLEL PORT ENDEC PA0 - 7 PB0 - 7 PC0 - 7 PD0 - 3 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 166 DMA Supp. RxD0 RxCLK0 TxD0 TxCLK0 RTS0 CD0 CTS0 / CxD0 DRT0 DRR0 DACK0 ITB05129 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32) PEB 20320 General Description Type Package The Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32, PEB 20320) is a multichannel protocol controller which handles up to 32 data channels of a fullduplex PCM highway. It performs layer-2 HDLC formatting/ deformatting or transparent modes of the DMI protocol, passing on data to an external memory shared with one or more processors. The MUNICH32 is compatible with the LAPD ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) protocol specified by CClTT as well as with HDLC, SDLC, LAPB DMI protocols. It provides any rate adaptation for time-slot transmission data rates from 64 kbit/s, 56 kbit/s down to 8 kbit/s as well as the concatenation of any time-slots to data channels supporting ISDN superchannels. The MUNICH32 can be used in a wide area of communication applications, e.g. in gateways with fractional T1 interface, l/O multiplexers, central office switches or for the connection of a digital PBX to a host computer or as a central D-channel handler for 32 ISDN basic-access D-channels. Up to four MUNlCH32s can be connected to one PCM highway to implement a controller for 128 D-channels. The PEB 20320 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the PEF 20320 in the range -40 to 85 C. PEB 20320-H P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) PEF 20320-H P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) Features Serial Interface * Up to 32 independent communication channels * Serial multiplexed (full-duplex) input/output for 2048-, 4096-,1544- or 1536-kbit/s PCM highways Dynamic Programmable Channel Allocation * Compatible with T1/DS1 24-channel and CEPT 32-channel PCM byte format * Concatenation of any, not necessarily consecutive, time-slot to superchannels independently for receive and transmit direction * Support of H0, H11, H12 ISDN channels * Subchannelling on each time-slot possible Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Bit Processor Functions (adjustable for each channel) * * * * * * * * * * Transparent mode or HDLC protocol selectable Automatic flag detection and transmission Shared opening and closing flags Zero-bit insertion and deletion Flag stuffing and flag adjustment for rate adaption Detection of interframe-time-fill change Channel inversion CRC generation and checking (16 or 32 bits) Transparent CRC option Error detection (abort, long frame, short frame, data under and overflow) as well as ABORT/IDLE generation and transmission * V.110, X.30 80-bit framing, network data rate up to 38.4 kbit/s Processor Interface * On-chip 64 channel DMA controller with buffer chaining capability * Compatible with Motorola 68020 processor family and Intel 32-bit processor (80386) * 32-bit data and 32-bit address buses (4-GByte RAM addressable) * Interrupt-circular buffer with variable size * Maskable interrupts for each channel * Burst cycles of up to 16 long words in the generic case are possible * General on-chip receive and transmit data buffer; the buffer size is 256 bytes each * Loop mode, complete loop as well as single channel loop * JTAG-boundary scan test 167 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32) TCLK TSP TDATA PEB 20320 JTEST TEST RESET SCLK CI (4 : 0) 4 CD RCLK RSP RDATA 5 Serial Interface / Formatter Controller Unit TF Transmit Formatter CSRCM Configuration and State RAM RD Receive Deformatter TB Transmit Buffer CM DMA Controller RB Receive Buffer MI Microprocessor Bus Interface 32 BE A D ADS / DS W / R / READY / HOLD / HLDA BGACK HLDA0 / BERR INT / AR B16 I / M (3 : 0) (31: 2) (31: 0) AS R / W DSACK BR BG BG0 INT ITA03968 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 168 Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Sytems (ADMA) General Description The SAB 82258A is an advanced general-purpose fourchannel DMA controller tailored for efficient high speed data transfer between peripheral devices and memories. It is either coupled tightly with a companion CPU (local mode) or working in stand alone applications using the remote mode. The SAB 82258A is unique among DMA controllers providing complete direct interfacing to the SAB 80286 as well as to SAB 80186/188/86/88 bus. Its four superfast DMA channels transfer rate up to 10 Mbytes per second are possible. If the maximum transfer rate reaches as much as 20 Mbyte/second. In addition one of the DMA channels may be configured as multiplexer channel so that a large number of low speed peripherals can share the use of the same channel. The interrupt structure belongs to the fastest and most versatile ones available. Multiple SAB 82258A DMAs can be integrated very easily by using a simple local bus arbiter logic. The SAB 82258A is the only DMA controller that provides source or destination-oriented data chaining (two chaining modes) as well as conditional command chaining (jumps within channel program based on several conditions). Siemens Aktiengesellschaft SAB 82C257 SAB 82C258A Type Package Speed Muxed Channel SAB 82C257-1-N P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 10 MHz no SAB 82C258A-12-N P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 12 MHz yes SAB 82C258A-20-N P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 20 MHz yes Features * 16-bit DMA controller for 16-bit family processors - SAB 80286 - SAB 80186 188 - SAB 8086/88 * 4 independent high-speed DMA channels * 16 Mbyte addressing range * 16 Mbyte maximum block length * Memory based communication with CPU * "On-the fly" compare, translate and verify operations * Transfer rates up to 10 Mbyte/s * 32-bit-fly-by transfers with up to 20 Mbyte/s (10-MHz system) * Single cycle and two cycle transfer * Automatic chaining of command blocks * Variable chaining of data blocks * Multiplexer mode operation with up to 32 subchannels * Local and remote (standalone) mode * Support of 16-bit and 8-bit data buses * Multiple programmable control of channel priorities * Direct and fast CPU/channel communication 169 Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Sytems (ADMA) Bus Interface Unit Addr. Address Incrementer Burst Counters SAB 82C257 SAB 82C258A Address Unit L a t c h Central Control Internal Channel Requests ALU Priority Logic Byte Count Unit Pointer Registers Byte Counters Instruction Pointer Registers Data Bus Control Signals Temp. Data Registers & Data Path Control Bus Control Internal Data Bus ROM Data Handler Data Registers Match Registers CLK RESET Timing Generator A L U Mask Registers Channel Command Registers Microinstruction Cache Control Status Registers Instruction Registers Multiplexer Channel Registers Pipeline Registers Channel Control Signals ITS05934 Block Diagram SAB 82C258A Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 170 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 171 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Product Overview Type Short Title Function Page PEB 2254 FALC54 Frame and Line Interface Component 178 PXB 4220 Interworking Element 179 IWE PXB 4110 SARE Segmentation and Reassembly Element 180 PXB 4230 UTPT Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver 181 PXB 4240 SDHT SDH/SONET Transceiver 182 PXB 4310 ASM ATM-Switching Matrix 183 PXB 43201 ASP-up ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (up) 184 ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (down) 184 PXB 43202 ASP -down Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 172 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Introduction In the last few years, Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) has made big leaps towards standardization and practicability. Acceptance in the market is high, due to the future need of highspeed networking and seamless internetworking. This new technology perfectly suits these market demands. ATM networks offer bandwidth on demand, thus being capable of matching the user's data needs from sporadic highbandwidth bursts to isochronous constant-bandwidth. ATM technology offers high-speed networks with various bandwidths and works with any type of transmission infrastructure. The very flexible basic structure allows to build and interconnect high-speed WANs, corporate WANs/MANs, backbone LANs, or powerful links to desktop terminals. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Traditional telecommunication structures are based on Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), offering fixed-bandwidth timeslots. ATM however sends data only when required, i.e. frames are sent asynchronously. By packing the information in 53-byte cells, including a 5-byte header containing the destination address, data is guided through the network along virtual paths and channels. ATM offers bandwidth on demand with highspeed transmission ranging from kilobytes up to gigabytes per second. Siemens Semiconductor Group addresses the market's demand for this kind of network technology by being a driving force in the standardization activities and providing a complete ATM chipset to the market. ATM-system designers are supported by a family of Siemens ATM devices to build all kind of ATM applications. This ranges from dedicated ICs for Network or Line Interface Cards to powerful ATM switches and transmission devices. 173 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Building Seamless ATM Networks ATM technology is capable of providing powerful networks for various needs. Such an application could be a large campus network, just as shown in the figure below. In this example, several backbone switches, located at different places, are linked together. However, ATM allows this network to be managed centrally, since all backbone switches are configured to logically constitute one single switch. Workgroups are connected to the backbone via ATM workgroup switches. The functionality of the Siemens ATM chipset, such as the cross connect feature of the ATM-Switching Matrix PXB 4310, allows members of the same workgroups to communicate effectively with each other without occupying the backbone. Only two devices of the Siemens ATM chipset are required to develop ATM-Network Interface Cards for PCs and WS, providing seamless access to the network. AWS AWS Fiber ATM Backbone Switch ATM Backbone Switch ATM Backbone Switch 622 Mbit/s Fiber Ring ATM Backbone Switch 155 Mbit/s Fiber NIC-Board SARE TM UTP cat 3/5 UTPT TM UTPT TM P PC/WS UTPT TM ASM TM ASP TM UTPT TM UTPT TM ASP TM UTPT TM UTPT TM Laser SDHT ASP TM AWS-Board ATM Workgroup Switch Network Interface Card ATM-Workgroup Switch Network Interface Card Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 174 ITB08483 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs ATM-Application Examples ATM-Workgroup Switch Instead of using a hub to connect a small number of computers (workgroup), an ATM-work group switch can be applied. Data transmission to the computers is handled by transceiver devices, such as the PXB 4230 for unshielded twisted pair lines, or PXB 4240 for SDH/SONET lines. The actual switching function is performed by the ATM-Switching Matrix (ASM) PXB 4310. This cell switch features 32 inputs and 16 outputs with cross connect functionality. The ASM chip is designed to a special cell format, in order to reduce the pin count and power dissipation. Up-stream and down-stream conversion from the standard 53-byte ATM-cell format to this Siemens proprietary format SLIF (Switch Link Interface) is performed by the ASP chipset PXB 43201 and PXB 43202. 10 x UTOPIA UTPT TM UTPT TM SLIF ASP TM to PCs UTPT TM 1 2 UTPT TM ASM TM 2x to Edge Node Switch 12 UTOPIA to Server SDHT ASP TM ITB08484 ATM Workgroup Switch Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 175 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Network Interface Card (NIC) A Network Interface Card can be designed with a Siemens ATM two-chip solution. It consists of the PXB 4110, which converts data (or video) frames to ATM cells, and a transceiver device. For twisted pair lines, the PXB 4230 (Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver) is used, whereas for optical transmission the PXB 4240 (SDH/SONET Transceiver) is required. Network Interface Card Control UTOPIA Transmission Line UTPT TM or SDHT Line Termination Function SARE TM ATM Layer and AAL 3/4, 5 Functions PCI-Interf. ITB08485 Network Interface Card Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 176 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Evaluation/Demonstration Tools The EASY ATM Demonstration, Evaluation & Development System provides designers of ATM systems with a H/W-and S/W tool kit. The Network Interface Card Evaluation System allows the designer to evaluate and test the following members of the Siemens ATM IC family: The Segmentation and Reassembly Element PXB 4110, the Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver PXB 4230 and the SDH Transceiver PXB 4240. The demonstration system shows the functionality and performance of the Siemens ATM chipset by demonstrating high speed and/or time critical data transfer in multimedia or videoconferencing applications. Easy ATM NIC Board PC / PCI Board with SARE TM and SDHT or UTPT TM PXB 4230 (UTPT TM ) STS-1 UTOPIA STM-1 / STS-3c Opt. Transc. PXB 4240 (SDHT) PXB 4110 (SARE TM ) CPU PCI Interface RAM PCI Bus EASY ATM NIC Board PC / PCI Board with SARE and SDHT or UTPT Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ITB08486 177 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALC54) PEB 2254 General Description Type Package The Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (FALC54) is a high sophisticated single-chip solution for primary rate PCM carriers., It may be programmed to operate in either 1.544 Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048 Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier systems. The FALC54 provides the complete functionality of a line interface, a framer, clock generation (2 VCOs) and signaling unit on one chip with greatly increased functionalities. The FALC functions include selectable multiframe, error checking, multiple line codes, alarm reporting, maintenance and performance monitoring. All signaling types are controlled by either the integrated CASsignaling controller or the integrated HDLC controller. Furthermore, the FALC54 allows flexible access to facility data link and service channels. Controlling and monitoring of the devices is performed via a Siemens/Intel/Motorola compatible 8/16-bit data bus. PEB 2254-H P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * Covers both standards E1 and T1 On-Chip Line Interface including Data & Clock Recovery On-Chip CAS-CC/CAS-BR Signaling Controller On-Chip HDLC Controller (LAPD, F/DL, Sa-bit data) On-Chip System Clock Generation Unit Meets CCITT, ETSI and AT&T Requirements for use in systems that are compliant with: AT&T CB119, TR-NWT-499, ANSI T1.406, CCITT G.703, G.704, G.706, G.732, G.735-9, G.775, G.823-4, I.431, ETS 300233, V5.1 Interface, V5.2 Interface 8-/16-bit microprocessor interface, Siemens/Intel/Motorola compatible Performance Monitoring support (16-bit error counters, 1 second timer) JTAG-boundary scan interface P-MQFP-80 package Sync. 8 X 8 Clock Generation 1T2B Line Interface HDLC CAS-CC CAS-BR Framer System Highway G.821 G.706 app. B FALC TM 54 PEB 2254-H ITB08476 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 178 Interworking Element (IWE) PXB 4220 General Description Type Package The Interworking Element functions as a gateway between Asynchronous Transfer Mode networks and time-slot based networks. The device supports both the mapping and demapping of ATM cells into/from PDH frame (T1/E1) according to G.804 and the packetizing and depacketizing of n x 64-bit time-slots into/from ATM cells according to AAL1 or AAL0. Target end products are Network and Line Interface Cards supporting the low bit rate UNI according I.432. The IWE can be directly connected to the Siemens ASP chipset via its UTOPIA level 1 interface at the ATM layer. At the physical layer several devices of the Siemens Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (E1/T1 framer) can be connected to the IWE's serial interface. PXB 4220 P-MQFP-256-1 (SMD) Features * Single chip full duplex ATM packetizer / depacketizer for several T1/E1 highways * All T1/E1 channels are independently configurable * Structured and unstructured mode * ATM-cell mapping according to G.804 * AAL1 and optional AAL0 functionality * VPI / VCI assignment * Support for partially filled cells * UTOPIA level 1 interface * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Built-in data path loops fortest * JTAG-boundary scan test support * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-256 package IWE TM PXB 4220 AAL 0 AAL 1 UTOPIA Interface Processor Interface JTAG T1/E1 2x8 S/P P/S T1/E1 4 ITB08477 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 179 Segmentation and Reassembly Element (SARE) PXB 4110 General Description Type Package The SARE is specifically developed to build up ATM applications such as Network Interface Cards and ATM switches/hubs. This Segmentation And Reasssembly Element converts data (or video) frames to ATM cells. The flexible architecture enables it not only to handle the ATMadaption layers AAL3/4 or AAL5, but also cell FIFO mode to support CBR. The interface for the ATM-physical layer is implemented as industry standard UTOPIA level 1. The device operates this UTOPIA interface in either slave mode, as required by switch/hub applications, or in master mode to be used in NIC (Network Interface Card) products. On the AAL side SARE features a PCl-bus interface. A 0.5- technology with 3.3-V supply ensures a highly integrated and cost effective system design. The SARE enables the implementation of glueless, truly cost optimized solutions for AAL-terminating equipment in ATM networks. PXB 4110 P-MQFP-208-1 (SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * AAL 3/4 and 5 segmentation/reassembly Transparent mode to support constant bit rate On-chip support of 32 virtual connections Built-in FIFO (2+10 cell receive and 4 cell transmit) Full duplex transfer rate 155.52 Mbit/s VC level OAM-cell detection and CRC-10 calculation Cell rate shaping in transmit direction with up to 8 (dual) leaky buckets Bus master DMA with linked list structure and programmable buffer length Integrated MMU with packet scatter/gather capability Built-in data path loops for self-test purpose JTAG-(IEEE 1149.1) boundary scan 0.5 3.3-V CMOS technology Optional ext. RAM supports up to 64 K virtual connections 32-bit PCI-bus interface UTOPIA level 1 interface P-MQFP-208 package SARE TM PXB 4110 UTOPIA Interface SAR Unit PCI Interface JTAG Context RAM Interface DMA 2x8 4 32 32 ITB08478 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 180 Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver (UTPT) PXB 4230 General Description Type Package The UTPT is a full duplex ATM transceiver for two pairs of twisted pair lines, one for each direction. It supports both the ATT and IBM mode. In AT&T mode provides automatic bit rate adaption depending on the quality of the transmission line. The UTPT communicates with other devices on the ATM side via the industry standard universal multiport UTOPIA interface being compatible with UTOPIA level 1 and level 2. As additional feature, the device is able to transmit 2B+1D ISDN channels when operating in AT&T mode. It also provides an ISDN IOM-2 inter-device interface and as such can be directly connected to Siemens ISDN chips. The UTPT is perfectly suited to be integrated into Network and Line Interface Cards. PXB 4230 P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) Features * Single chip full duplex ATM transceiver for unshielded twisted pair cat 3/5 cables * Programmable to AT&T and IBM mode * AT&T mode: STS-1 framing, CAP-n coding 51.84-Mbit/s, 25.92-Mbit/s and 12.96-Mbit/s automatic rate adaption according to cable and B.E.R. * IBM mode: 4b/5b coding, NRZI, 25.6 Mbit/s * Serial, differential in/outputs with direct connection to line transformers * Built-in clock recovery * ATM-layer functions: HEC evaluation, payload descrambling, cell delineation and cell rate decoupling according to ITU-T I.423 * Universal multiport UTOPIA interface compatible to level 1 and level 2 * Complete overhead handling including bit error measurement * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Built-in data path loops for test * Support of JTAG-boundary scan test * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-160 package UTPT TM 2x8 Sonet / 25.6 PMD Funct. Clock Recovery Sonet / 25.6 TC Funct. UTOPIA Interface IOM (R) Interface Processor Interface 16 JTAG Interface 4 ITB08479 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft PXB 4230 181 SDH/SONET Transceiver (SDHT) PXB 4240 General Description Type Package The SDHT is a complete Synchronous Optical Network Synchronous Digital Hierarchy framer for 155-Mbit/s ATM implementations. It includes Transmission Convergence (TC) Sublayer processing for ATM payloads and performs the framing of data for transmission and receipt from an SHD or SONET-based Physical Layer medium. The flexible architecture allows the chip to operate in two different modes. In ATM mode for use in transmission path equipment, and in VC-4 mode to be used in multiplexer section transmission equipment. The SDHT-chip interfaces with the ATM layer via a standard UTOPIA interface. Communication with the Physical Medium Sublayer is handled via its LVDS-level interface. To control the SDHT, a P can be directly connected to the 16-bit microprocessor I/F. PXB 4240 P-MQFP-160-2 (SMD) e.g.: Siemens Single Mode Fiber or Multimode Fiber OC 3 ATM Transceiver Clk Features * Single chip full duplex ATM transceiver for STS-3c/STM-1 optical transmission lines * Transfer rate 155.52 Mbit/s * Serial, differential in/outputs with LVDS levels according to IEEE 1596.3 * Output of serial, differential data stream with 155.52 Mbit/s * ATM-layer functions: HEC evaluation, payload descrambling, cell delineation and cell rate decoupling according to ITU-T I.423 * UTOPIA interface level 1 * Complete overhead handling (incl. alarms, error measurement, DCC, orderwire) * Error counting with built-in 1 second timer * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Automatic laser shutdown * Built-in data path loops for test * Support of JTAG-boundary scan test * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-160 package, pin compatible with UTPT SDHT PXB 4240 SDH STM-1 / SONET STS-3c UTOPIA Interface Processor Interface JTAG 16 2x8 4 ITB08480 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 182 ATM-Switching Matrix (ASM) PXB 4310 Advanced Information General Description The ATM-Switching Matrix is a cell switch with a maximum total throughput of 2.5 Gbit/s. The switch has a maximum transport capacity of one STM-1 per output. Furthermore the ASM has the capability of bundling lines to form ports up to 2.5 Gbit/s. The ASM supports both self-routing and multicast. The device can be used as either standalone or in a networked configuration to build switching networks of arbitrary size. In order to achieve a lower pin count and lower power dissipation, the inputs and outputs are realized as serial, differential transmission lines. This Siemens proprietary interface is defined as SLIF (Switch Link Interface) and its electrical characteristics are according to the LVDS standard. Internally the ASM works with 64-byte ATM cells, each cell containing the 53-byte ATM cell extended by routing and housekeeping information. Conversion from 53-byte cell format to SLIF format is done by the Siemens ASP (ATM Switching Preprocessor) chipset PXB 43201/2. Type Package PXB 4310 P-BGA-352 Features * Self-routing switching matrix with multicast capability * High performance: 10E-11 cell loss probability (at 95 % Bernoulli type traffic) * Central buffer architecture provides minimum cell delay variation at high data throughput with up to 2.5 Gbit/s * Routing header provides 48-bit routing address * Scalable architecture from 16 x 16 to 256 x 256 * Configuration as multiplexer/concentrator * I/O aggregation of lines to form 622-Mbit/s and 2.5-Gbit/s ports * Switch Link Interface interconnects (208 Mbit/s serial, differential data link lines) * Switch Link Interface uses LVDS levels for low crosstalk, less interference and low power consumption * Individual phase adaption per input; no separate clock required * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-BGA-352 package ASM TM PXB 4310 Shared Buffer SL SLIF In Intf. SL Queue Control + Routing Out SLIF Intf. Processor Interface Clk 16 ITB08481 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 183 ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (ASP-up, ASP-down) Advanced Information General Description The ATM-Switching Preprocessor (ASP) chipset PXB 43201 and PXB 43202 is used to adapt the 53-byte standard ATM cell format to the 64-byte Siemens proprietary format. This cell format, also known as Switch Link Interface (SLIF), is used by the Siemens ATM-Switching Matrix to achieve a lower pin count and reduced power dissipation. At the physical layer side the ASP supports via its UTOPIA interface up to 4 physical layer devices with a total throughput of up to 150 Mbit/s. For example the following number of Siemens devices can be connected with the ASP: Up to 4 Interworking Elements (IWE) or Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceivers (UTPT) or 1 SDH Transceiver (SDHT). The ASP devices are designed to perform header translation and OAM functions according to ITU-T I.610 and Bellcore 1248. PXB 43201 PXB 43202 Type Package PXB 43201 P-BGA-342 PXB 43202 P-BGA-342 Features * Interfaces directly to ATM-switching networks built with ASM chips * Header translation * Throughput 150 Mbit/s * OAM functions according to ITU-T I.610 and bellcore 1248: - Alarms: generation of AIS/RDI cells for all connections (F4 and F5) - Continuity check: automatic for all connections - Loopback: automatic loop of LB cells - Performance Monitoring: complete HW support for up to 64 connections * Double switch plane support for redundant fail safe switching systems * System Control Information Flow via SLIF Datalink supported * Use external SDRAMs for storage of connection related data * 16-bit general purpose microprocessor interface * JTAG-boundary scan * P-BGA-342 ball grid array package ATM Switching Network UTOPIA Receive Intf. SLIF SLIF ASP TM -up ASM ASM ASP TM -down UTOPIA Transmit Intf. 208 MHz 208 MHz 208 MHz ITB08482 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 184 Development Systems for Information Technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 185 Development Systems for Information Technology System Designs Product Overview Introduction Todays highly complex system development projects make it necessary to have a powerful development environment available additionally to the components themselves. Some of the necessary tools are supplied by the chip manufacturer himself. The tools consist of either component evaluation boards or sometimes even almost ready to copy system designs. Also software chip drivers are often supplied to ease the integration of components into a customer's software design. In some cases software skeleton solutions or even ready to use software is supplied to speed up the whole system design. Besides the tools supplied by the silicon vendor a lot of third party tools are available on the market which can efficiently be used. The support tools supplied by Siemens are typically designed to be used in conjunction with a PC and third party software tools giving a very powerful environment. The application oriented guide describes the different support tools supplied by Siemens in an application oriented way and it gives hints to set up a development environment by adding third party equipment whenever meaningful. This is an application oriented guide meant to provide a fast way into the typical development environments customers need. Such a general approach does of course not necessarily describe the customers specific environment exactly. However it describes the most common ones. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1 Tools for Analog Line Card Design 1.1 PCM Codec Filter for Analog Line Cards in Digital Communication Systems The Siemens PCM Codec Filter are fully integrated PCM CODEC and Filter in advanced low power CMOS technology for applications in digital communication systems. Based on a digital signal processing technique programmable digital filters adapt the transmission behaviour especially for AC impedance matching transhybrid balancing frequency response and gain. For analog line card designs in digital communication systems a family of Siemens Codec-Filter ICs can be offered: Codec Channel per Chip Part Number Best Application SICOFI 1 PEB 2060 PBX and CO SICOFI-2 2 PEB 2260 PBX and CO SICOFI -4 4 PEB 2465 PBX SICOFI-4 C 4 PEB 2466 PBX SLICOFI 1 PEB 3065 CO HV-SLIC 1 PEB 4065 CO As shown in the table above the best application for our codec filter ICs may be in a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) and/or in a Central Office (CO). The SICOFI, SICOFI-2 and SICOFI-4 Codec-Filter ICs may also be used in TRUNK applications. The four channel codec filters PEB 2465 and PEB 2466 are the logic continuation of a well established family of Siemens Codec-Filter ICs. The SLICOFI PEB 3065 is a single codec and filter with an optimized high voltage. SLIC interface including all low voltage SLIC functions. The DC-characteristic is fully digitally programmable. Together with the HV-SLIC circuitry PEB 4065, Siemens offers a complete system solution for central office applications. Based on an advanced digital filter concept the PEB 2465 as well as the PEB 3065 provide excellent transmission performance and high flexibility. They fulfill all specifications to relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR recommendations. The new filter concept (second generation) leads to a maximum of independence between the different filter blocks. 186 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.2 Software to Calculate Digital Filter Coefficients Different software tools are available to get optimized sets of filter coefficients for the Siemens Codec-Filter lCs easily and quickly. Software Codec Part Number SICOFI SICOFI Coefficients Program for PEB 2060 and PEB 2260 STS 2060 QSICOS Quad SICOFI Coefficients Software for PEB 2465/PEB 2466 STS 2465 SLICOS SLICOFI Coefficients Software for PEB 3065 STS 3065 1.3 Hardware Support for Analog Line Cards For development different hardware environments are offered for the analog line card design. For additional detailed information please refer also to the description of the Tools for PCM Control and Switching System Designs. To build a typical development environment for an analog subscriber line card one of the following set-ups may be used: Codec Codec Board Additional Hardware SICOFI SICOFI Test Board STUT 2060 none SICOFI-2 SICOFI Test Board STUT 2060 SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135 none SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 1) or 2) SICOFI-4 SICOFI-4 C Kit STSI 2466 (SICOFI-4 C Board STUT 2466 EVC50X C Board) none SLICOFI 1) or 2) SLICOFI Board STUT 3065 Additional Hardware 1. Board configuration: SIPB 5000 + SIPB 5121 + SIPB 5311 2. PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1) or 2) 187 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.1 Using the SIPB 5000 PC-Userboard System in Conjunction with a Line Card Module Instead of using the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 also the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135 or the SLICOFI Board STUT 3065 may be connected via IOM interface to the Line Card Module SIPB 5121. If the STUT 2466 and the SICOFI-4 C are used together, the SIPB 5000 and SIPB 5121 are not required. Instead the microcontroller board EVC50X (Part of STSI 2466 kit) is used to program the SICOFI-4 C. The next figure shows a set-up that is used to measure the SICOFI and SLIC transfer characteristic using a PCM4 by Wandel & Goltermann. In this configuration the PC mainboard SIPB 5000, the Line Card module SIPB 5121, the PCM4 adaptor SIPB 5311 and the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 are used. SIPB 5121 Line-Card Module Mainboard SIPB 5000 Power Supply PCM 4 Adaptor PCM Frame Signal PFS PCM Input SLIC 1 7 4 1 0 8 5 2 . 9 6 3 - SLIC 4 SICOFI (R) -4 Board SLIC 2 SLIC 3 STUT 2465 CLK OUT PCM IN Analog IN Analog OUT PCM OUT ITB05748 Set-Up to Measure Transfer Characteristics Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 188 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.2 Using the PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 The PERCOFI Board is an universally usable board to measure the SlCOFl-2 SICOFI-4 or SLICOFI. The PERCOFI Board is not only to replace the SICOFI testboard STUT 2060, but also to allow critical performance measurements. The following configuration shows a typical line card application using the STUT 2000 PERCOFI Board and the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135. The PERCOFI Board is 7 4 1 0 XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX 8 5 2 . 9 6 3 - programmed via the RS232 interface by using the same trackfiles that are used with the Mainboard SIPB 5000 and the Line Card Module SIPB 5121 to program the codec devices. Instead of using the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135 also the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 or the SLICOFI Board STUT 3065 may be connected to the PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 via IOM interface. PCM 4 XXXXX RS 232 Power Supply XXXXX PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 SLIC SICOFI (R) -2 SIPB 5135 SLIC ITB05749 Configuration with PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 189 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.3 Using the SICOFI Test Board STUT 2060 1.3.4 The SICOFI test board STUT 2060 is a stand-alone board which offers the possibility of connecting any external customer specific SLlCs with the SICOFI PEB 2060/2260 for evaluation of customer specific combinations of SLIC and SICOFI. The next figure shows a set-up that allows measurements and tests covering the transfer functions of the complete subscriber line module. The board is programmable via an RS232 interface by a terminal or PC. The registers of the PBC or PIC and SICOFI can be accessed and therefore the SLIC can be controlled. With the SICOFI testboard the SICOFI PEB 2060 and SICOFI-2 PEB 2260 codec filter devices can be tested. The PCM interface of the board can be connected directly to a PCM4 Wandel & Goltermann test equipment. This set-up allows to test the SLIC hardware and to verify the programmed coefficients, which are calculated with the SICOFI coefficients program. Different customer specific SLlCs or ready designed SLIC boards available from Siemens Semiconductor may be connected to the SICOFI test board STUT 2060 via a 64-pin connector. SLIC Boards to be used with the SICOFI Family A collection of SLIC babyboards has been designed to be used with the SICOFI PEB 2060, SICOFI-2 PEB 2260 or SICOFI-4 PEB 2465. Codec Available SLIC Module Part Number PEB 2060/ 2260 Transformer SLIC Board STUS 1001 PEB 2060/ 2260 STM L3000 + L3030 SLIC STUS 3030 PEB 2060/ 2260 STM L3000 + L3090 SLIC STUS 3090 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 Ericsson PBL 3736 SLIC STUS 3736 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 Ericsson PBL 3762/64 SLIC STUS 3762 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 Harris SLIC HC5502 STUS 5502 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 Harris SLIC HC5509 STUS 5509 PCM Frame Signal PFS PCM 4 7 4 1 0 XXXXX XXXXX PCM IN XXXXX 8 5 2 . XXXXX 9 6 3 - XXXXX XXXXX CLK OUT Analog Analog PCM OUT IN OUT Power Supply RS 232 SICOFI Board STUT 2060 SLIC 1 SLIC 2 ITB06113 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 190 Development Systems for Information Technology 2 Tools for ISDN Basis Rate Line Card Designs 2.1 U Transceiver Development Tool (2B1Q) The IEC-Q Reference Board interfaces ISDN transmission lines and terminal areas providing echo cancellation and message recovery using digital techniques. Hence the main use of the IEC-Q Reference Board is to accomplish performance measurements i.e. bit error rate (BER) measurements on the ETSI and ANSI defined loops. The optimized layout of the Reference Board allows for performance measurements in all operation modes available with the IEC-Q. The so called hybrid was developed to reach optimum loop lengths and to cover all 15 ANSI loops as well as the 8 ETSI defined loops. The figure below shows a typical configuration with LT and NT 1 where the interconnection between the two U-transceiver devices is established with means of a dual lead copper wire (U). The SIPB 2092 additionally supports the stand-alone (IOM-2) mode and the P-interface mode. SIPB 2092-H is identical to SIPB 2092 except that a P-TQFP-64 package socket instead of a P-LCC-44 socket is provided. For standalone operation of the IEC-Q, both SIPB 2091 and SIPB 2092 are equally suited. Together with the SIPB 5121 Line Card Module the IEC-Q Reference Board SIPB 2091 constitutes the layer-1 functionally needed for the evaluation of various digital line card architectures using 2B1Q technique for interfacing with the U-reference point. 2.2 Introduction to the IEC-Q Reference Board SIPB 2091, SIPB 2092 and SIPB 2092-H The IEC-Q Reference Board was developed to demonstrate the performance of the Siemens IEC-Q (PEB 2091) U-interface transceiver IC. The IEC-Q (ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit) uses 2B1Q code for transmission on U. A single board can be configured by the user to suit multiple operation modes such as LT and NT modes. Test points allow for comfortable monitoring of relevant signals. This enables the developer to quickly comprehend both the IC- and U-interface-related signals. Exchange NT1 IOM (R) IOM (R) U LT NT PC PC ITS05942 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 191 Development Systems for Information Technology 2.3 Bit-Error-Rate Measurement with SIPB 5000 Main Board For bit-error-rate (BER) measurements on U the following add-on modules are required on the LT side in addition to the LT IEC-Q Reference Board: ISDN Terminal Adaptor Module (ITAC) SIPB 5140 LAYER-2 Module SIPB 5120-2 Bit Error Adaptor Module (BEAM) SIPB 5312 The following modules are required for BER measurement on the NT side in addition to the NT IEC-Q Reference Board: LAYER-2 Module SIPB 5120-2 Bit-Error-Adaptor Module (BEAM) SIPB 5312 The configuration below describes the use of standard LT/NT applications for the purpose of BER measurements when supplemented with two BEAM modules. The figure shows the complete SIPB system set-up for a BER measurement in LT-NT direction. Comments: For the bit-error-rate measurement the LT is configured in the LT-512-kHz mode since the BEAM module only supports a 512-kHz-DCL clock rate. With means of the two BEAM modules the BER test equipment can be synchronized to the IOM clock rate as well as insert and extract B1/B2 channel data via IOM. BER measurement is then accomplished by comparing the inserted with the extracted data. A line simulator is used for emulating lines and loops including NEXT noise impairments in order to run performance tests according to the relevant specifications (ETSI/ANSI). TX TX - CL Ext. Clock Bit Error Measurement Device RX Data Clock IN BEAM ITAC (R) RX - CL Data OUT BEAM Layer 2 Mainboard SIPB 5000 Mainboard SIPB 5000 DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT B1 + B2 Testpattern SIPB 2091/2 LT Layer 2 DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN Next Noise DOUT Line Simulator SIPB 2091/2 NT B1 + B2 ITS05943 Set-Up for Bit-Error-Rate Measurements Using SIPB 5000 System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 192 Development Systems for Information Technology 2.4 Bit-Error-Rate Measurements with Bellcore Board (BELL 2091) In conjunction with two IEC-Q Reference Boards, the so called Bellcore Boards provide the most comfortable method to evaluate the PEB 2091 and perform BER measurements. No PC is needed for simulating 2B1Q U-transmission configuration. TX - CL TX RX Bit Error Measurement Device Ext. Clock Bellcore LT - Simulator DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT SIPB 2091/2 LT RX - CL DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT Line Simulator Bellcore LT - Simulator SIPB 2091/2 NT B1 + B2 Loop-Back B1 + B2 Testpattern ITS05944 Set-Up for Bit-Error-Rate Measurements Using Bellcore Board (BELL 2091) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 193 Development Systems for Information Technology 3 Tools for PCM Control and Switching System Designs 3.1 Development Environment 3.1.1 A Typical Development Environment for Subscriber Line Cards The basic module needed to build a line card is either SIPB 5121 or SIPB 5122. Depending on the requirements for layer-1 interface (for digital line cards) and/or CODEC filter (analog line cards) additional modules have to be connected. The following modules may be combined with the line card module: When using the SIPB 5000 ISDN PC-Userboard system in conjunction with a line card module, an engineer is capable of designing his own digital or analog line card board. Interface Required Module Part Number Connection Analog SICOFI-2 Module SLIC SIPB 5135 e.g. STUS 5502 External Analog SICOFI-4 Board SLIC STUT 2465/2466 e.g. STUS 5502 External Analog SLICOFI Board (SLICOFI + HV-SLIC) STUT 3065 External S interface S-Access Module (ISAC -S) SIPB 5100-0 SIPB 5000 S interface SBCX Layer-1 Module SIPB 5116 SIPB 5000 S interface QUAT -S Board SIPB 5117-S External Uk0 Uk0-Layer-1 Module (IEC-Q) SIPB 2091/2 SIPB 5000 Uk0 QUAT Uk0 Board (AFE + DFE-Q / DFE-T) SIPB 2490/1 External UP0 UP0-Access Module (ISAC -P) SIPB 5104 SIPB 5000 UP0 OCTAT-P Board SIPB 5117-P External UP0 UP0 Layer1-Module (IBC) SIPB 5113 SIPB 5000 AMC 3 AMC 2 AMC 1 SAC 2 SIP 5121 / 5122 Line-Card Board Mainboard SIPB 5000 80C188 CPU System PC Interface SAC 3 Layer-1 Module SAC 1 e.g. S-Interface U-Interface... PCM ITB05750 Realization of a Digital Line Card Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 194 SAC 1 Development Systems for Information Technology AMC 3 AMC 2 AMC 1 SAC 2 Mainboard SIPB 5000 80C188 CPU System PC Interface SAC 3 SIP 5121 / 5122 Line-Card Board a/b SLIC STUS 5502 a/b SLIC STUS 5502 Example for an Analog Line Card Using External Modules IOM (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -2 SIPB 5135 ITB05751 3.1.2 A Typical Development Environment for a Switching System working with continuous data streams additional modules (layer-1 modules) have to be connected via a 9-pin-flat cable to the IOM-2 interface. The figure below shows an example how to connect analog as well as digital subscribers to the SIPB 7600: The SIPB 7600 Memory Time Switching Board is a PC/XT/AT based development tool that helps engineers to get familiar with switching and conferencing ICs. Test patterns may be generated on board and put as an input to the switching and conferencing circuits. When SICOFI (R) -2 Module SLIC Board STUS 5502 SIPB 5135 80C188 CPU System U P0 Board SIPB 5113 MTSX Userboard SIPB 7600 PC Interface U k0 Board SIPB 2091/2092 IOM (R) -2 ITB05752 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 195 Development Systems for Information Technology 3.2 The Different Steps in Development 3.2.1 Designing the Hardware The ISDN Telephone Development Board SIPB 8051 is a more or less ready to copy environment to demonstrate the terminal system in silicon using the ARCOFI-SP (PSB 2163), the ISAC-S TE (PSB 2186) and the one-chip controller SAB 80515 with the ISDN protocol software. An ITAC (PSB 2110) for the rate adaption as well as an ISAC-P TE (PSB 2196) for the UPN interface is also onboard. To set up a development environment for serious developments it is best to use both an SlPB 7011A kit as a network terminator being able to simulate the public ISDN and secondly an SIPB 8051 system as the real development platform. Both systems should be connected and of course a PC should be connected to the SIPB 8051 to run a C-Compiler and to download and debug code. The Keil C51 professional package (in USA Franklin C51 package) as well as the development package of the Swedish company lAR Systems (in USA Archimedes) have been used with the SIPB 8051. Their high level language debuggers can be used very efficiently with the SlPB 8051. Both systems should be connected and an 8051 type C-Compiler and high level language debugger should be available. Additionally the IOS software should be used as a very efficient software platform if a public protocol is required. This software is a very compact software solution. It fits on a one chip controller without needing additional memory. For rapid prototyping or PTT approval an E2PROM version of the 80C515A is also available. The SIPB 5000 system can be used as a platform for all development steps. In a later stage it is of course necessary to make a cost optimized design. For this a subset of the board design can be used. All the wiring diagrams are shipped with the board to speed up this process. 3.2.2 Developing the Software In a premature stage of a development it is very useful to verify the design by running program sequences on a similar hardware platform. To manage this task Siemens offers a very comfortable menu-driven testing and debugging software. The package delivered with the userboard allows a direct access to the chip registers by symbolic names. Subsequent accesses may be written to a file and run as a trackfile. Example trackfiles for different configurations are delivered in the package and will be a great help to the user in getting started and to speed up his software development. 4 Tools for ISDN Basic Rate Terminal Designs 4.1 A Typical Development Environment for an ISDN Phone or TA 4 3 2 1 ON AMC 3 SIPB 5100 ON AMC 2 4321 AMC 1 SAC 2 SIPB 5130 SAC 3 IOM (R) -2 TE Mode SAC 1 The Siemens ISDN PC Board Kit SIPB 7011A is based on a very modular tool environment. This allows to configure every existing application just by replacing some modules. The system can be configured as either a terminal itself or as a network simulator. It can be used to program and evaluate the chips but it can also be used to run real software (see IOS). Mainboard SIPB 5000 IOM (R) -2 Mode SIPB 5132-SP ITB05753 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 196 Development Systems for Information Technology Figuring out the ARCOFI-SP Coefficients for Speakerphone 4.2 The Different Steps in Development 4.2.3 4.2.1 Designing the Hardware Siemens Semiconductor Group offers two dedicated, DSP-based speakerphone realizations ARCOFI-SP PSB 2165 and PSB 2163. The first digital speakerphone support was implemented in the ARCOFI-SP PSB 2165, which already exists since 1991. A substantial feature of the ARCOFl-SP is to provide means for minimizing feedback in electrical loops and to compensate for acoustical couplings. Therefore ARCOFI-SP offers 23 parameters which are set by software programming. No further external components or trimming are required. This half-duplex mode is based on a two point speech detection, which controls the mode switching within 125 s. The speakerphone support of the new ARCOFI-SP PSB 2163 is based on a "Stronger-Wins" algorithm. Two speech comparators, one at the acoustic (AE) and one at the line side (LE), mainly control the switching from one active mode to another one. They compare permanently the signal levels of both signal paths and control the influences caused by the echoes at the acoustic side and at the line side. Once, a speech detector has detected speech activity, the comparator switches immediately to the direction where the speech signal is louder than the other one plus the returned echo. This offers the advantage of a completely separate programming of the sensitivity and of the echo control. The sensitivity is adjusted by the speech detectors and the speech comparators control the different feedback paths at the acoustic side and at the line side. The SIPB 8051 can be used as a platform for all development steps. In a later stage it is of course necessary to do a cost optimized design. For this a subset of the SIPB 8051 design can be used. All the wiring diagrams are shipped with the board to speed this process up. 4.2.2 Developing the Protocol Software A major task in the design work is the development of the public ISDN protocol software. To ease this work Siemens provides the IOS as an almost ready to copy protocol software kernel. IOS has been designed in C and it can be ported in nearly all CPU environments. For the development of ISDN phones or TAs IOS has been ported onto an 80C515. Still it might be necessary to do some modifications or more likely add some features. The board can immediately load code but the use of a high level debugger like the Keil (FRANKLIN) TS51 or the IAR (ARCHIMEDES) C-SPY is recommended. After loading the target system Monitor down to the board the debuggers work perfectly. An emulator is really not required. PSB (2165) 2163 SAB 80C535 PSB 2120 PSB 2110 SIEMENS IOS PSB 2186 PSB 2196 SIPB 8051-SP (optional) ITB05754 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 197 Development Systems for Information Technology The ARCOFI-SP allows the control of electrical feedbacks. It is recommended, however, to have the majority of the acoustic couplings minimized before, by an optimum design of the telephone case. For both ARCOFI-SPs there is very comfortable coefficient software called ARCOS-SP PLUS which eases and reduces any optimizations to just a simple task at the PC. Thanks to the DSP realization, the main operational functions are all parameterized. This technique offers a high level of flexibility and reproducibility. An enormous advantage is the reduction of the optimization time. With a special adaptor1) it is possible to optimize the speakerphone system using just one link. The iterated procedure of "Building-up a line Testing Deactivating the link Opening the telephone case Resoldering some RC elements Closing the case" is reduced to a comfortable computer session focusing on the real work: the optimization of the switching behaviour. The speakerphone maintenance/test function of the ARCOFI-SP supports the transparency of these modes which are mentioned above (refer to Application Hints for ARCOFI-SP Users). 1) Refer to the application Note "Adaptor to program ARCOS-SP in customer hardware with Siemens ISDN PC User Board and ARCOS-SP PLUS" 5 Tools for GSM Telephone Designs 5.1 A Typical GOLDplus Development Environment The development of a GSM handset splits up into development of GSM hardware and GSM software. Up to a certain stage development will run in parallel converging more and more prior to GSM type approval. Hardware development splits up into development of the baseband part and the RF part with the RF part requiring considerable experience and know-how. Siemens along with its partners offers support for all stages of both hardware and software development permitting even newcomers to the GSM arena to get started quickly. For application of the GOLDplus chip set Siemens offers local as well as central support from headquarters in Munich. UK based Symbionics offers development of a complete GSM hardware according to customer requirements. For development of the RF hardware they build upon their profound RF experience. Munich based OPTIMAY offers mature GSM software with an easily customizable MMI. The development of a GSM handset requires both optimum hardware and software development tools to meet time scales in a rapidly moving market. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Hardware Development GOLDplus Evaluation System The Siemens GOLDplus evaluation system comprises all parts of a GSM full rate and half rate handset. It consists mainly of the GOLDplusX GSM baseband board and the GOLDplus GSM RF board as shown in figure 1. On the GOLDplusX baseband board all Siemens GOLDplus baseband devices are located including the system controller GOLD-C (PMB 2706), the signal processor GOLD-SP (PMB 2707), the digital-to-analog conversion device GAIM (PMB 2905) and optionally the half-rate coprocessor GOLD-SX (PMB 2708). All required memory devices like FLASH memory and RAM are also found on this board. Suitable periphery like LCD display and keypad complete the system to a fully functional handset. The connector to the RF board carries all baseband I- and Q-signals in both receive and transmit direction and all RF-control signals from GOLD-C. On the GOLDplus GSM RF board all the Siemens GSM RF devices are located including the transmitter PMB 2240, the receiver PMB 2405, the PLL PMB 2307 and the power amplifier consisting of CGY 92 and CGY 120. The GOLDplus demo system permits evaluation of all features of the GOLDplus chip set, both for the baseband as well as the RF part. By adding the PMB 2708 half-rate coprocessor the baseband may be upgraded optionally to half-rate operation. Critical parameters like power consumption or equalizer performance can be measured. Cost estimations for a customer handset can be based upon the bill of materials of the board. GOLDplusX Baseband Board Software Development Platform GOLDplusX board permits the customer getting started immediately with his GSM software development without having to wait for his own board prototypes. It provides an optimum debugging platform not only for the GOLD-C C166 system controller but also for the DSP cores if customer specific features have to be implemented in DSP firmware. Besides getting quickly acquainted with the baseband functionality the board permits easy and complete control of the RF-chip set using the GOLD-C controller functions. This is especially useful for evaluation and fine tuning of the RF-board functionality. 198 Development Systems for Information Technology SIEMENS RAM FLASH SIEMENS SIEMENS PMB 2707 GOLD SP SIEMENS PMB 2706 GOLD C SIEMENS PMB 2905 GAIM SIEMENS PMB 2708 GOLD SX RX PMB 2405 TX PMB 2240 PLL PMB 2307 PA CGY 92 PA CGY 120 GOLDplusX GSM Rf Board GOLDplusX GSM Baseband Board LCD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # SIM ITS08202 Figure 1 GOLDplus Evaluation System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 199 Development Systems for Information Technology 6 Tools for DECT-Cordless Telephone Designs 6.2 Development Steps 6.1 A typical Development Environment for a DECT-Home System 6.2.1 Designing the Hardware For DECT-home system development projects, there is a complete hardware and software solution available, which was designed to provide a first prototype to the customer. It actually covers all the necessary functional blocks and is fully operational, when connected to an analog telephone network. The effort was made in order to speed up the development of a DECT-home system and to provide a system hardware for immediate software development. Besides the tremendous know how, especially on the RF part, which is necessary for designing DECT phones, it is now the first time that a european standard protocol has to be matched. The DECT standard actually defines a very complex layered protocol. To implement that standard, a tremendous software development effort has to be made. This part of a DECT project is considered to be done in parallel to the final hardware design. The DECT-user board system provides a hardware development platform today which allows customer's software group to start working immediately. In order to speed up this process, all the wiring diagrams are shipped with the boards. Major parts of the hardware shipped can of course be used for the final design. This is especially true for the SWUD 1300 RF board. The SWUD 3020E or SWUD 3025 board respectively has of course to be replaced by the PMB 2720X or PMB 2725X chip along with the E2PROM and the PMB 2920 chips. However, their interconnection can be taken from of the shipped wiring diagrams of the SWUD board. The SWUD 1100 board will typically need to be customized because it is very likely that one wants to use a different keyboard layout or a customized display etc. The major parts of the SWUD 1200 board can again be used to design a real base station telephone line interface. 6.2.2 Developing the Software A major task in the design work is the development of the DECT-protocol software. The effort is considered to be several man years. The SWUD 3500 setup is designed to support software development projects. The memory layout has been designed in close cooperation with Compiler and Debugger suppliers, with the result that C51 Debuggers can run in this environment. Handheld Base Station SWUD 1300 SWUD 1300 PMB 2220 PMB 2420 PMB 2306 PMB 2220 PMB 2420 PMB 2306 Handset PMB 27201 PMB 27251 PMB 2920 PMB 2920 PSB 4500 Tip / Ring SWUD 3020E SWUD 3025 SWUD 1200 SWUD 1100 ITS08203 Figure 2 A Typical Development Environment for a DECT-Home-System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 200 Development Systems for Information Technology The board can immediately load software, but the use of a high-level language debugger like the Keil (Franklin) TS51 is recommended. The monitor program of this third party software package is already shipped with the board to get user started more quickly. For most of the software debugging, an emulator is not really required. But in addition to the described software monitoring by a software debugger, there is also a hardware emulator available from Kleinhenz Electronic. It seems to be a good approach to use the software debugger for most of the daily work, but to have one emulator available for tricky real-time debugging and for final target system software implementations. Besides hardware, there is also code available to support the development. There is a low level device driver software available which controls the chips. In addition to that, the source code package PRODECT adds a complete software implementation for a typical home system. This includes all the layers and saves the abovementioned several man years. PRODECT is marketed as a one time buy out license. It implements the complete DECT standard, and by using PRODECT the customer's software effort is decreased to about 10% for customized modifications. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 7 Tools for Universal RF Circuit Designs For the various RF circuits there are test boards available for evaluation. For distinct applications like the DECT-systemoriented family of user boards a complete RF application has been put together to complete the baseband tool set as a system solution. 201 Development Systems for Information Technology 8 Tools for ISDN Primary Rate System Designs The Evaluation System for Primary Rate Interface SIPB 7520 comprises a modular hardware and software architecture. It contains a typical Primary Rate Interface system application based on the Siemens devices HSCX (SAB 82525), ACFA (PEB 2035) and the new PRACT (PEB 22320). 8.1 SIPB 7520 Hardware The SIPB 7520 hardware consists of a PC base board equipped with an 80188 coprocessor system and an extender board, the new PRACT Evaluation Board, as shown in the following figure. The base board comprises an 80188 microcontroller, 128 Kbyte local RAM and a DP RAM-based interface to the PC. The PRACT Evaluation Board itself can be used in all applications using E1 or T1 transmission systems. It reflects the features of the Siemens components for a typical application like Primary Access TE, especially the new PRACT device, which contains in addition to the line transceiver a powerful clock generator with PLL. Signaling procedures like CAS or CCS as well as bit-robbed signaling can also be performed. 8.2 SIPB 7520 Software The SIPB 7520 software comprises the PC Evaluation Software, which realizes the general user access to the Primary Rate Interface system and the Device Driver Software for the Siemens Communication ICs, which can be downloaded onto the SIPB 7520 PC Board. The Device Driver Software contains in addition to a standard HDLC Device Driver Module for the HSCX two new Device Driver Modules for the ACFA V4.1 and PRACT supporting E1 (CRC4) and T1 (ESF, CRC6) systems. SIPB 75xx Base Board SIPB 7520 Extender Board SAB 80188 Coprocessor System Primary Rate Interface with PRACT, ACFA and HSCX ITB06119 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 202 Development Systems for Information Technology 8.3 The most important devices of the SIPB 7520 PRACT Evaluation Board are the Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA), the ISDN Primary Access Clock Generator and Transceiver (PRACT) and the High level Serial Communications Controller eXtended (HSCX). The ACFA contains the main parts of the layer-1 functions of the Primary Rate Interface and performs frame alignment to the incoming data stream. Its activity is supported by the PRACT linking the dual rail interface of the ACFA to E1 or T1 transmission lines which may be accessed via the Service Access Connector (SAC). A dedicated overvoltage protection circuitry is included and screens against voltage surges on the physical line. The HSCX supports optimized high speed data transmission on DMA or interrupt request using HDLC protocols. It is employed as signaling controller as well as controller for data transmission in time-slot oriented transmission systems. Both channels A and B of the HSCX can be used either for signaling or for data transmission. All clocks required by the ACFA and the HSCX are generated by the integrated clock PLL of the PRACT. Primary Rate Extender Board The block diagram of the Primary Rate Extender Board of figure above shows the main parts of the SlPB 7520 PRACT User Board: * ISDN Primary Access Clock Generator and Transceiver (PRACT) PEB 22320 * Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 * High-level Serial Communications Controller eXtended (HSCX) SAB 82525 * Microprocessor System based on SAB 80188 * Configuration field for E1/T1 applications * Service Access Connector to physical line and for external measurements * Extender Board Connector * PC Interface Connector Configuration Field E1 / T1 Service Access Connector HSCX SAB 82525 ACFA PEB 2035 PRACT PEB 22320 Overvoltage Protection Base Board SAB 80188 CPU System ITB06120 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 203 Development Systems for Information Technology 9 Tools for Communication Networks System Designs 9.1 Datacom Application Board EASY532 The Evaluation & Development System EASY532 provides a hardware and software development tool for communication system applications with the serial communication controller SAB 82532 (ESCC2) using the PC as interface to the user. The relevant features of the SAB 82532 (ESCC2) are supported. Due to its original concept the Datacom ESCC2-Userboard EASY532 assists an engineer in developing his own applications. It reduces greatly the time spent for hardware and software development in offering not only a ready-to-use circuitry but also a plain and reliable software for operating, modifying, and testing the hardware according to one's own pretensions and requirements. Thus using the Datacom ESCC2-Userboard EASY 532 in a short time leads to a stable hardware development; it provides level-1 and level-2 software support while creating and testing own application software. The hardware is designed such as to fit into an expansion slot any PC/XT/AT or compatible. Thus after some simple configuring procedures (e.g. selecting l/O address by means of switches) and insertion of the board into the PC the circuit is just ready for use. This Datacom Application System comprises an SDA 80186 coprocessor system, a PC Interface with 2-Kbyte Dual Port RAM and the Communication IC ESCC2 from Siemens. Software for EASY 532 The main features of this powerful integrated Evaluation and Development Software System are: * The Device Driver Software consists of a Device Driver System, including the start-up sode and a run-time library for the EASY 532 80186-coprocessor system. Over 95% of the Device Driver Software is written in C and available in source code. EPROM SAB 80C186 RAM * The Device Driver Software contains optimized Device Driver Modules especially written for the Communication IC ESCC2 from Siemens. These modules demonstrate the features, power and flexibility of the Siemens Communication ICs. The Device Driver Modules are completely written in C. They support the different protocol modes of the ESCC2, e.g. ASYNC, BISYNC, HDLC/ SDLC. * An Application Program Interface (API) for the C language helps writing individual application software for the PC, communicating via a standard interface (C/l Mailbox Interface) with Device Driver Software on the coprocessor board. The program EXAMPLE gives a first idea of how to apply the C/I Mailbox API in a simple PC-application program. * The EASY532 tool comprises Downland, Debugging and Single Step test features, as well as Sequential Test capabilities. Its main purpose is to simplify the control and verification of Device Driver Software developed on the PC. This driver software can directly be downloaded on the coprocessor board for real-time applications. Furthermore the window driven Register Access Editor presents the Siemens Communication IC ESCC2 in a user-friendly manner. The time, that has to be spent for learning how the chip architecture looks like and how the chip works in principle is reduced to a minimum. * Application specific software can be developed by the user using so called "application modules" ( apm.c, apm.h). This modules are linked to the Device Driver Software and downloaded on the Datacom Board, thus providing a high performance real time data communication system. * Line drivers like RS232-, RS422-, RS485-drivers, or even optical modules can be connected to the EASY 532 board. Using such drivers or modules different system configurations can be supported, e.g. Master Slave, Multi-Master, Point To Point. RS232 RS422 RS485 ESCC2 PC Interface Opt. Module Serial I / O Channel A Channel B ITB06121 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 204 Development Systems for Information Technology 9.2 EASY320 Evaluation System for MUNICH32 General Overview The Evaluation System for the MUNICH32 comprises modular hardware and software components especially optimized to demonstrate the excellent performance of the MUNICH32 device in a real communication subsystem. The hardware is divided into a 32-bit CPU base board and an appropriate extender board, which contains an individual system application with the MUNICH32 (e.g. Primary Rate Interface). The associated software structure for use with this hardware architecture consists of dedicated device driver software running on the communication subsystem and the corresponding Evaluation Software EASY320 on the PC host system. The device driver software is available in C source code. With a standard C cross development package for the 32-bit CPU it is possible to generate executable code which can be downloaded onto the communication subsystem with the EASY320 download utility. For a quick start using the MUNICH32 device in such a minimum reference system a sophisticated Windows user interface is built into the EASY320 PC-Evaluation Software especially designed for the MUNICH32 shared memory data structures. This user interface simplifies the direct access to the MUNICH32 device by mapping the MUNICH32 data structures to corresponding window structures on the PC. Applications * Intuitive learning by doing "How the MUNICH32 behaves in a real system" * Realization of individual system applications * Development and test of individual MUNICH32 device driver software MUNICH32 Extender Board MC 68040 Communication Processor Base Board Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 205 ITB06122 Development Systems for Information Technology PC Evaluation Software EASY320 The PC Evaluation Software EASY320 is a single MS-Windows application program containing mainly the following functional modules: * Download of communications software onto the EASY320 communication subsystem * Single Step Test of downloaded communications software via the exchange of C/l Messages * Direct Chip Level Access to MUNICH32 shared memory data structures The initial screen view is illustrated in the following figure. File Edit Chip Level Test Options T C EASY32 Evaluation Software for MUNICH32 - EASY32 Log View Window Help L MUNICH32 Shared Memory Action Specification Interrupt Specification Timeslot Assignment (Channel 0 ... 31) Interrupt Circular Queue Receive Descriptor Channel 0 Receive Descriptor Channel 0 Receive DATA Channel 0 Receive DATA Channel 0 Current Tx Descr. Addr. (Channel 0 ... 31) Transmit Descriptor Channel 0 Transmit Descriptor Channel 0 Action Request Transmit DATA Channel 0 Transmit DATA Channel 0 Channel Specification (Channel 0 ... 31) Current Rc Descr. Addr. (Channel 0 ... 31) EASY32 Log Message: AR_ACK_V2.1 ld: 1 Description: Source: 3 Destination: 0 Entity: 0 Data Length: 0 Msg-Type: Indication ; 17.03.1994 16:12 - Download of file: F:\EASY320\940302.MBF ; -> AR-ACK-V2.1, 3, 0, 0 Program running NUM ITA06123 EASY320 Initial Screen View Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 206 Package Information Package Outlines of the desribed Products are shown in our Databook "Package Information" Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 207 Package Information Datenbuch Gehause Information" Databook "Package Information" Der Bereich Halbleiter stellt dem interessierten Leser, praktischen Anwender und Kunden seine Gehausevielfalt vor und gibt zusatzlich Informationen zu den Themen, die im Gesamtzusammenhang mit Gehausen stehen. The Siemens Semiconductor Group wishes to introduce interested readers, practical users, and its customers to its numerous packages, and to present information on the subjects directly associated with packages. Die Gehausethematik gewinnt nicht nur fur den Halbleiterhersteller als Folge groer werdender Chips sowie steigender Arbeitsfrequenz immer mehr an Bedeutung, sondern gerade auch fur den Verarbeiter und Kunden, der mit einer standig wachsenden Vielfalt an Gehausen hinsichtlich Pinzahl, Anschluraster und Gehauseabmessungen konfrontiert wird. Aus diesem Grunde sollte die Auswahl der Produkte nicht nur auf den Chip, sondern auch auf die Gehause und damit auf die spatere Verarbeitung bezogen werden, um die Machbarkeit und Wirtschaftlichkeit sicherzustellen. Packaging is becoming increasingly important as a consequence of larger chips and higher operating frequencies, not only for the semiconductor manufacturer but specifically for processors and customers confronted with a steadily growing variety of packages with regard to pin count, pin raster and package sizes. For this reason, product selection should involve not just the chip but also the packages and, consequently, subsequent processing in order to ensure feasibility and economy Das Einfuhrungskapitel behandelt die weltweite Gehausestruktur und deren Trend fur die Zukunft und die sich aus der zunehmenden Diversifizierung an Gehausen ergebende Problematik fur den Verarbeiter. The opening section deals with the worldwide pattern of packages and their future trend, while special mention is made of the problems facing processors as a result of increasing package diversification. Die Kapitel 2 bis 4 behandeln detailliert Abmessungen, Kenngroen und Beschriftungen der typischen Gehause des Bereichs Halbleiter Sections 2 to 4 present a detailed discussion of dimensions, characteristics, and markings of typical packages from the Semiconductor Group. Der Verpackung haben wir wegen ihrer steigenden Bedeutung als Bindeglied zwischen Halbleiterhersteller und Verarbeiter ein eigenes Kapitel (5) gewidmet. Nutzliche Hinweise zur Verarbeitung von Bauelementen enthalt Kapitel 6. Die einzelnen Prozeschritte werden beschrieben und die Vor- und Nachteile der unterschiedlichen Verfahren diskutiert. Auf die Verarbeitung feuchteempfindlicher ICs sowie auf elektrostatisch gefahrdeter Bauelemente ESD wird gesondert eingegangen . In view of its rising importance as a link between the manufacturer of semiconductors and their processors a whole chapter (5) has been devoted to packing. Ein Gehauseverzeichnis rundet das GehauseDatenbuch ab A list of packages, completes the Package Data Book. Bestell-Nr.: B192-H6636-G1-X-7400 Ordering No.: B192-H6636-G1-X-7400 (Siehe auch Abschnitt Literaturhinweise") (see refer section "Information on Literature") Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Useful advice on processing devices is contained in Section 6. The different process stages are described, and the pros and cons of the different methods are discussed. Special mention is made of processing humidity-sensitive ICs and anti-ESD measures. 208 Summary of Types Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 209 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PEB 2025-N PEB 2025-P PEB 2026T-P PEB 2026T-S PEB 20320-H PEB 2035-N PEB 2035-P PEB 2045-N PEB 2045-P PEB 2046-N PEB 2046-P PEB 2047-16-N PEB 2047-N PEB 2052-N PEB 2054-N PEB 2055-N PEB 20550-H PEB 20560 PEB 2060-N PEB 2060-P PEB 2070-N PEB 2070-P PEB 2075-N PEB 2075-P PEB 2080-N PEB 2080-P PEB 2081-N PEB 2084-H PEB 2085-N PEB 2085-P PEB 2086-H PEB 2086-N PEB 20901-N PEB 20901-P PEB 20902-N PEB 20902-P PEB 2091-N PEB 2095-N PEB 2095-P PEB 20950-N PEB 20950-P PEB 2096 PEB 22320-N PEB 2236-N PEB 2236-P Short Title lEPC lEPC IHPC IHPC MUNlCH32 ACFA ACFA MTSC MTSC MTSS MTSS MTSL-16 MTSL PIC EPIC-S EPlC-1 ELIC DOC SICOFI SICOFI lCC lCC IDEC IDEC SBC SBC SBCX QUAT-S ISAC-S ISAC-S ISAC-S ISAC-S IEC-T IEC-T IEC-T IEC-T IEC-Q IBC IBC ISAC-P ISAC-P OCTAT-P PRACT IPAT-2 IPAT-2 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Function ISDN Exchange Power Controller (SMD) ISDN Exchange Power Controller ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (SMD) Multichannel Network lnterface Controller for HDLC (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner Memory Time Switch CMOS (SMD) Memory Time Switch CMOS Memory Time Switch Small (SMD) Memory Time Switch Small Memory Time Switch Large (SMD) Memory Time Switch Large (SMD) PCM Interface Controller (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller (SMD) Extended Line Card Controller (SMD) DSP Oriented PBX Controller (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter ISDN Communications Controller (SMD) ISDN Communications Controller ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (SMD) ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller S-Bus Interface Circuit (SMD) S-Bus Interface Circuit S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SMD) Quadruple S/T-Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit (SMD) ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller Octal Transceiver for UPN Interfaces (SMD) Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver 210 Page 121 121 106 106 167 132 132 147 147 150 150 153 151 89 90 91 92 122 94 94 107 107 109 109 110 110 111 112 61 61 61 61 114 114 114 114 113 119 119 63 63 120 139 134 134 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PEB 2254-H PEB 2260-N PEB 2445-N PEB 2465-H PEB 2466-H PEB 24901 PEB 24902 PEB 24911 PEB 3035-N PEB 3035-P PEB 3065-N PEB 4065-T PEF 2026T-P PEF 2026T-S PEF 20320-H PEF 2035-N PEF 2035-P PEF 2045-N PEF 2045-P PEF 2054-N PEF 2055-N PEF 2070-N PEF 2075-N PEF 2080-N PEF 20901-N PEF 20902-N PEF 2091-N PEF 2236-N PEF 2236-P PEF 2260-N PEF 24902 PEF 24911 PEF 3035-N PEF 3035-P PEF 3065-N PEF 4065-T PMB 2200-S PMB 2200-T PMB 2201-R PMB 2202-R PMB 2205-S PMB 2205-T PMB 2207-R PMB 2220-S PMB 2240-F Short Title FALC54 SICOFI-2 MUSAC-A SICOFI-4 SICOFI-4 C Quad IEC DFE-T Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q PRISM PRISM SLICOFI HV-SLIC IHPC IHPC MUNICH32 ACFA ACFA MTSC MTSC EPlC-S EPIC-1 ICC lDEC SBC IEC-T IEC-T IEC-Q IPAT-2 lPAT-2 SICOFI-2 Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q PRISM PRISM SLICOFI HV-SLIC Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Function Frame And Line Interface Component (SMD) Dual Channel Codec Filter (SMD) Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit Attenuation (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) 4 Channel ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter (SMD) High Voltage Subscriber Line (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Controller (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Controller (SMD) Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner Memory Time Switch CMOS (SMD) Memory Time Switch CMOS Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller (SMD) ISDN Communication Controller (SMD) ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (SMD) S-Bus Interface Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver Dual Channel Codec Filter (SMD) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter (SMD) High Voltage Subscriber Line (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) (Shrink) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) (Shrink) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) DECT Transmitter (SMD) (Shrink) GSM Transmitter (SMD) 211 Page 136/178 96 154 97 99 116 117 118 135 135 100 101 106 106 167 132 132 147 147 90 91 107 109 110 114 114 113 134 134 94 117 118 135 135 100 101 37 37 38 38 41 41 42 33 21 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PMB 2245-F PMB 2247-F PMB 2302-R PMB 2303-R PMB 2306-R PMB 2306-T PMB 2307-R PMB 2308-R PMB 2309-R PMB 2313-T PMB 2314-T PMB 2330-T PMB 2331-T PMB 2332-R PMB 2333-R PMB 2401-S PMB 2401-T PMB 2402-S PMB 2405-F PMB 2407-F PMB 2420-S PMB 2705-F PMB 2706-F PMB 2707-F PMB 2708-F PMB 27201 PMB 27202 PMB 27251 PMB 27252 PMB 2727-H PMB 2728-H PMB 2900-H PMB 2905-F PMB 2920-S PSB 2110-H PSB 2110-N PSB 2110-P PSB 21525-H PSB 21525-N PSB 2160-N PSB 2160-P PSB 2161 PSB 2163-N PSB 2163-P PSB 2163-T Short Title GOLD GOLD-C GOLD-SP GOLD-SX GBBC GAIM lTAC lTAC ITAC HSCX-TE HSCX-TE ARCOFI ARCOFI ARCOFl-BA ARCOFl-SP ARCOFI-SP ARCOFI-SP Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Function PCN Transmitter (SMD) PCS Transmitter (SMD) 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SMD) (Shrink) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SDM) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SMD) (Shrink) 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 1.1-GHz Prescaler (SMD) 2.1-GHz Prescaler (SMD) 2.0-GHz Mixer (SMD) 2.0-GHz Mixer (SMD) 1.1-GHz LNA + Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) 3-GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) Receiver/Demodulator Circuit (SMD) (Shrink) Receiver/Demodulator Circuit (SMD) Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator (SMD) GSM Receiver (SMD) PCN/PCS Receiver (SMD) DECT Receiver (SMD) (Shrink) GSM One-Chip Logic Device (SMD) GOLD System Controller (SMD) GOLD Signal Processor (SMD) GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations (SMD) DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller (SMD) DECT PBX (SMD) GSM Baseboard Codec (SMD) GSM Analog Infterfacing Module (SMD) DECT Analog Circuit (SMD) (Shrink) ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit (SMD) ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit (SMD) ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (SMD) High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter Basic Function (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) 212 Page 21 21 45 45 47 47 47 49 49 51 51 52 52 53 54 43 43 44 23 23 34 14 16 18 18 28 28 29 29 30 31 19 20 32 74 74 74 75 75 68 68 69 70 70 70 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PSB 2165-N PSB 2165-P PSB 2186-H PSB 2186-N PSB 2186-P PSB 2196-H PSB 2196-N PSB 2197-T PSB 7110-F PSB 7280-H PXB 4110 PXB 4220 PXB 4230 PXB 4240 PXB 4310 PXB 43201 PXB 43202 SAB 82525-H SAB 82525-N SAB 82526-N SAB 82532-N SAB 82532-N-10 SAB 82538-H SAB 82538-H-10 SAB 82C257-1-N SAB 82C258A-12-N SAB 82C258A-20-N SAF 82525-N SAF 82526-N Short Title ARCOFI-SP ARCOFI-SP ISAC-S TE ISAC-S TE ISAC-S TE ISAC-P TE ISAC-P TE SmartLink-P ISAR JADE SARE IWE UTPT SDHT ASM ASP-up ASP-down HSCX HSCX HSCX ESCC2 ESCC2 ESCC8 ESCC8 ADMA ADMA ADMA HSCX HSCX Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Function Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals (SDM) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-lnterface Terminals (SMD) Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SMD) ISDN Data Access Controller (SMD) Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (SMD) Segmentation and Reassembly Element (SMD) Interworking Element (SMD) Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver (SMD) SDH/SONET Transceiver (SMD) ATM-Switching Matrix ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) 213 Page 71 71 62 62 62 64 64 66 73 76 180 179 181 182 183 184 184 162 162 162 163 163 165 165 169 169 169 162 162 Microelectronics Training Center Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 215 Schule fur Mikroelektronik Microelectronics Training Center Gehen Sie auf Erfolgskurs! Hit the Road to Success! Programm SS 1996 der Schule fur Mikroelektronik SS 1996 Program of the Microelectronics Training Center Das Angebot: ca. 130 Kurse von April bis Ende September 1996 zu aktuellen Themen der Mikroelektronik. Praxisorientierte Ausrichtung, modernste Ausstattung, padagogisch aufbereitetes Kursmaterial und die intensive Betreuung durch Fachdozenten garantieren den Lernerfolg. What is offered: e.g. 130 courses from April through to the end of September 1996 on current topics from the field of microelectronics. Practical orientation, the very latest aids, course material devised to modern pedagogic guidelines and intensive support from specialist lectures guarentee learning with success. Highlights aus dem Kursprogramm: Program highlights: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 8-bit MC-Familie 8051/C500 16-bit MC-Familie C166 Fuzzy-Logic ISDN, Telecom Rechnerfamilie 80x86/Pentium Hardwarebeschreibungssprache VHDL BLS Board Level Simulation Software: Sprachen C, C++ Betriebssysteme RMOS, Windows, UNIX - Windows Programmierung Personalcomputer Netze, LWL EMV Leistungshalbleiter Halbleitertechnologie * * * * * 8-bit MC family 8051/C500 16-bit MC family C166 Fuzzy logic ISDN, telecom 80x86/Pentium computer family VHDL hardware description language BLS Board Level Simulation Software: C, C++ languages RMOS, Windows, UNIX operating systems - Windows programming Personal computers Networks, fiber optics EMC Power semiconductors Semiconductor technology Auf Wunsch mageschneiderte" Kurse in deutscher und englischer Sprache in Ihrer Firma! On request "tailored" courses on your premises! Programmubersicht erhalten Sie kostenlos bei: Call or write for a free syllabus: MicroConsult GmbH Schule fur Mikroelektronik Rosenheimer Str. 143 b MicroConsult GmbH Schule fur Mikroelektronik Rosenheimer Str. 143 b Frau Kandlbinder Frau Kandlbinder D-81671 Munchen D-81671 Munchen Tel. (089) 4506 17-0 Fax (089) 4506 17-17 Tel. (089) 4506 17-0 Fax (089) 4506 17-17 Leistungsbeweis '95: 2.400 Kurs-Teilnehmer! Popularity curve: 2.400 course participants in 1995! Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 217 Literaturhinweise Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Information on Literature 219